A discourse shewing the great happiness that hath and may still accrue to His Majesties kingdomes of England and Scotland by re-uniting them into one Great Britain in two parts / by John Bristol.
         Thornborough, John, 1551-1641.
      
       
         This text is an enriched version of the TCP digital transcription A71100 of text R32805 in the  English Short Title Catalog (Wing T1042A). Textual changes  and metadata enrichments aim at making the text more  computationally tractable, easier to read, and suitable for network-based collaborative curation by amateur and professional end users from many walks of life.  The text has been tokenized and linguistically annotated with  MorphAdorner. The annotation includes standard spellings that support the display of a text in a standardized format that preserves archaic forms ('loveth', 'seekest'). Textual changes aim at restoring the text the author or stationer meant to publish.  This text has not been fully proofread 
       Approx. 175 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 165 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         EarlyPrint Project
         Evanston,IL, Notre Dame, IN, St. Louis, MO
         2017
         A71100
         Wing T1042A
         ESTC R32805
         12761682
         ocm 12761682
         93510
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A71100)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 93510)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1144:21 or 1537:42)
      
       
         
           
             A discourse shewing the great happiness that hath and may still accrue to His Majesties kingdomes of England and Scotland by re-uniting them into one Great Britain in two parts / by John Bristol.
             Thornborough, John, 1551-1641.
             Bristol, John Digby, Earl of, 1580-1654.
          
           [42], 286 p., [1] leaf of plates : ill.
           
             Printed by R.H. for Charles Duncomb ...,
             London :
             1641.
          
           
             Variously attributed to John Bristol and John Thornbourgh--NUC pre-1956 imprints.
             This work appears as Wing B4792 (Wing number cancelled on Wing (CD-ROM, 1996)) on reel 1144:21, and as Wing T1042A on reel 1537:42.
             Imperfect: tightly bound, pages stained, with print show-through and loss of print.
             Reproduction of originals in the University of Illinois (Urbana-Champaign Campus). Library and the Harvard University Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Great Britain -- Politics and government -- 1625-1649.
           Scotland -- Politics and government -- 1625-1649.
        
      
    
       A71100  R32805  (Wing T1042A).  civilwar no A discourse, shewing the great happinesse, that hath, and may still accrue to his Majesties kingdomes of England and Scotland, by re-uniting Thornborough, John 1641    31008 522 20 0 0 0 0 175 F  The  rate of 175 defects per 10,000 words puts this text in the F category of texts with  100 or more defects per 10,000 words. 
        2005-09 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2005-12 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2006-01 Judith Siefring
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2006-01 Judith Siefring
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2006-04 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
       
       
         
           A
           DISCOVRSE
           ,
           SHEWING
           THE
           GREAT
           HAPPINESSE
           ,
           that
           hath
           ,
           and
           may
           still
           accrue
           to
           his
           Majesties
           Kingdomes
           of
           ENGLAND
           AND
           SCOTLAND
           ,
           BY
           RE-VNITING
           them
           into
           one
           Great
           Britain
           .
        
         
           In
           two
           parts
           :
           BY
           JOHN
           BRISTOL
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             R.
             H.
          
           for
           CHARLES
           DUNCOMB
           ,
           dwelling
           in
           Little-Britain
           .
           1641.
           
        
      
       
       
       
         
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           HONOVRABLE
           the
           ESTATES
           now
           assembled
           in
           both
           houses
           of
           the
           high
           Court
           of
           Parliament
           .
        
         
           THE
           sacred
           Mottoes
           upon
           the
           Coins
           of
           our
           late
           Soveraigne
           
           and
           
             Solomon
          
           King
           
             James
             ,
             Faciam
             eos
             in
             gentem
             unam
          
           and
           ,
           
             Quae
             Deus
             co●
             junxit
             ,
             nemo
             separet●
          
           might
           have
           deterre●
           some
           turbulent
           spi●rits
           of
           England
           and
           Scotland
           ,
           from
           vio●lating
           their
           peace
           cutting
           off
           the
           brid●
           from
           Twede
           ,
           and
           hindering
           that
           in●tercourse
           
           of
           amity
           ,
           which
           to
           Heavens
           and
           Britaines
           glory
           ,
           we
           no
           lesse
           happily
           than
           long
           enjoyed
           :
           but
           Tongues
           and
           Pens
           ▪
           (
           I
           wish
           I
           could
           not
           say
           Swords
           )
           have
           beene
           too
           busily
           imployed
           to
           untie
           that
           Gordian-knot
           ,
           which
           a
           good
           God
           ,
           and
           a
           pious
           King
           
           had
           made
           so
           firme
           :
           Some
           in
           these
           Earth-quakes
           of
           State
           have
           laboured
           to
           underprop
           the
           houses
           of
           both
           Realmes
           ,
           others
           to
           pull
           them
           downe
           ,
           saying
           ,
           as
           of
           Jerusalem
           
             Downe
             with
             it
             ,
             downe
             with
             it
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             ground
             :
          
           Nay
           ,
           
             I
          
           feare
           ,
           the
           same
           
           hand
           that
           hath
           held
           a
           Spade
           ,
           pretending
           to
           build
           a
           Wall
           ,
           hath
           held
           a
           Sword
           to
           kill
           a
           Subiect
           .
           Wee
           need
           not
           send
           to
           Ireland
           for
           poyson
           to
           kill
           two
           kingdomes
           ,
           we
           have
           too
           much
           within
           our selves
           .
           Poetry
           and
           Oratory
           (
           such
           is
           the
           corruption
           of
           
           wit
           )
           can
           make
           
             Candida
             de
             nigris
             ,
             &
             de
             candentibus
             atra
          
           ;
           like
           Dogs
           ,
           they
           can
           either
           bite
           the
           sore
           ,
           or
           licke
           it
           ;
           or
           like
           Knives
           ,
           that
           can
           both
           spread
           a
           plaister
           for
           a
           wound
           ,
           and
           make
           a
           wound
           for
           a
           plaister
           :
           The
           Poet
           
             Juvenal
          
           speaking
           of
           
             Alexander
          
           the
           
           great
           comming
           to
           see
           
             Diogenes
             ;
             (
             Sensit
             Alexander
             testa
             cum
             vidit
             in
             illa
             Magnum
             habitatorem
             ,
             &c.
             )
          
           takes
           away
           the
           title
           of
           
             Magnus
          
           from
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           gives
           it
           to
           the
           Cynicke
           :
           and
           have
           not
           we
           those
           that
           strive
           to
           make
           great
           Britaine
           Little
           ,
           putting
           
           
             Alexander
          
           from
           his
           Bucephalus
           ,
           and
           setting
           beggars
           on
           horse-backe
           ?
           I
           feare
           we
           have
           .
           There
           are
           too
           many
           Empiricks
           among
           us
           ,
           whose
           delight
           is
           rather
           to
           kill
           than
           cure
           ;
           but
           You
           who
           are
           the
           Colledge
           of
           Physitians
           for
           the
           preservation
           of
           the
           
           body
           Politicke
           ,
           will
           make
           no
           Anatomies
           but
           of
           condemned
           persons
           by
           Law
           executed
           ,
           and
           by
           inquiry
           into
           the
           bad
           ,
           labour
           for
           the
           safety
           of
           the
           good
           :
           Let
           it
           not
           be
           said
           that
           this
           day
           a
           Tribe
           is
           wanting
           in
           our
           Israel
           .
           What
           though
           ,
           as
           judicious
           
             Weemes
          
           
           saith
           ,
           the
           Scots
           and
           English
           be
           as
           Samaritans
           and
           Jewes
           We
           have
           no
           
             Rehoboam
             ,
          
           why
           should
           we
           have
           a
           
             Jeroboam
          
           ▪
           We
           have
           no
           rigor
           ▪
           why
           should
           we
           have
           a
           revolt
           ?
           There
           may
           bee
           a
           good
           Samaritan
           which
           may
           take
           charge
           of
           the
           wounded
           man
           ,
           when
           
           a
           Priest
           and
           Levite
           may
           passe
           by
           on
           the
           other
           side
           .
           Let
           not
           the
           Union
           of
           Britaine
           be
           cut
           off
           ,
           if
           it
           may
           bee
           preserved
           :
           binde
           up
           the
           bones
           that
           are
           broken
           ,
           and
           make
           them
           whole
           ;
           so
           shall
           God
           binde
           up
           your
           souls
           in
           the
           Rowle
           of
           the
           living
           .
        
         
         
           I
           doubt
           not
           but
           much
           good
           may
           bee
           gotten
           by
           a
           serious
           perusall
           of
           this
           ensuing
           Tractate
           :
           Sure
           I
           am
           it
           will
           not
           be
           wholly
           uselesse
           to
           candid
           ,
           pious
           ,
           &
           unprejudiced
           mindes
           ,
           who
           shall
           finde
           it
           as
           fit
           as
           necessary
           for
           these
           times
           .
           I
           say
           no
           more
           ,
           but
           with
           heart
           
           and
           hands
           lift
           up
           to
           heaven
           ,
           pray
           ,
           that
           as
           you
           are
           Treasurers
           of
           the
           Weale-publique
           ,
           God
           will
           be
           pleased
           to
           crowne
           your
           publique
           endeavours
           ,
           to
           the
           everlasting
           peace
           and
           welfare
           of
           this
           Church
           and
           Common-wealth
           ,
           that
           his
           sacred
           Majesty
           and
           
           Royall
           Off-spring
           may
           ever
           bee
           glorious
           ,
           and
           that
           all
           his
           Kingdoms
           and
           Provinces
           may
           flourish
           ,
           to
           the
           terror
           of
           Foes
           ,
           and
           the
           endlesse
           comfort
           of
           all
           true
           loving
           Subjects
           .
        
      
       
       
         
           THE
           EPISTLE
           to
           the
           READER
           .
        
         
           IT
           was
           no
           blessing
           ,
           but
           a
           curse
           ,
           when
           the
           ten
           Tribes
           revol●ed
           from
           
             Rehoboam
          
           ▪
           
           Division
           is
           good
           i●
           Musicke
           ,
           ill
           in
           Kingdomes
           ;
           and
           if
           confusion
           of
           Tongues
           ruin●
           a
           Babel
           ,
           confusion
           〈◊〉
           Hearts
           will
           ruine
           Bethel
           .
           Scotland
           ma●
           say
           to
           England
           ,
           〈◊〉
           
             Lot
          
           to
           
             Abraham
          
           We
           are
           brothers
           ;
           ye●
           when
           love
           cannot
           continue
           ,
           except
           their
           bodies
           discontinue
           ,
           the
           
           ●e
           of
           necessity
           must
           ●e
           to
           Sodome
           ,
           a
           〈◊〉
           and
           destinated
           for
           ●ire
           and
           Brimstone
           .
           ●ingle
           Kingdomes
           ,
           ●ke
           fooles
           bolts
           ,
           are
           one
           shot
           away
           ;
           but
           ●njoyned
           ,
           as
           in
           a
           ●eafe
           ,
           not
           easily
           bro●en
           .
           It
           was
           the
           hap●inesse
           of
           our
           late
           So●eraigne
           King
           
             James
          
           〈◊〉
           blessed
           memory
           ,
           to
           
           a
           bridge
           ove●
           the
           Tweed
           ,
           not
           〈◊〉
           Wood
           or
           Stone
           ,
           b●
           of
           English
           and
           Sco●●tish
           hearts
           ,
           cemente●
           with
           strong
           affection
           It
           was
           indeed
           a
           ha●●pinesse
           ,
           to
           make
           tw●
           spots
           of
           Earth
           ,
           tw●
           little
           Kingdomes
           ,
           o●
           Great
           Britain
           :
           the
           in
           building
           ,
           a
           seco●
           story
           makes
           a
           Hov●
           
           〈◊〉
           House
           ,
           though
           there
           ●e
           neither
           painted
           ,
           ●or
           carved
           Image
           in
           ●t
           ,
           no
           fretted
           roofe
           ,
           no
           ●old
           nor
           ivory
           .
           
             Ca●or
          
           and
           
             Pollux●rung
          
           from
           one
           Egge
           ,
           ●nd
           their
           signe
           is
           one
           
             Gemini
             :
          
           Thus
           is
           ●e
           Vnity
           of
           Brethren
           ●xalted
           even
           to
           a
           ●onstellation
           .
           That
           ●hich
           some
           years
           since
           
           was
           a
           motion
           ,
           bre●
           some
           few
           moneth
           since
           a
           commotion
           namely
           ,
           a
           necessity
           〈◊〉
           separation
           between
           England
           and
           Sco●●land
           :
           which
           diff●●rence
           might
           bette●
           have
           beene
           decid●
           with
           an
           Olive
           bran●
           than
           a
           Sword
           ,
           as
           〈◊〉
           hope
           time
           ere
           long
           wi●
           make
           manifest
           .
           Wh●
           
           happinesse
           hath
           the
           Vnion
           of
           two
           Houses
           brought
           forth
           in
           this
           ●ne
           Kingdome
           ?
           and
           ●f
           there
           bee
           such
           hap●inesse
           in
           the
           Vnion
           of
           Houses
           ,
           what
           will
           there
           be
           in
           the
           Vnion
           of
           Kingdomes
           ?
           a
           thing
           which
           might
           bee
           ●s
           easily
           continued
           as
           compassed
           ,
           if
           some
           turbulent
           spirits
           did
           
           not
           disturbe
           the
           peac●
           of
           Sion
           .
        
         
           This
           ensuing
           Treatise
           I
           could
           not
           b●
           publish
           ,
           as
           knowing
           ▪
           to
           be
           so
           soveraigne
           ▪
           Medicine
           for
           the
           Maladies
           of
           these
           Times
           .
           Wherein
           ▪
           (
           Gentle
           Reader
           )
           ●
           thou
           finde
           as
           much
           benefit
           ,
           as
           I
           delight●
           Thanke
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           
           Author
           ;
           I
           have
           my
           reward
           .
        
         
           Farewell
           .
        
      
       
       
       
         
           SVNDRY
           OBIECTIONS
           against
           this
           ensuing
           Treatise
           .
        
         
           THE
           Objections
           pretended
           against
           this
           Treatise
           ,
           are
           divided
           into
           foure
           severall
           natures
           or
           kindes
           :
        
         
         
           The
           first
           objection
           i●
           matter
           of
           generality
           〈◊〉
           common
           reason
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           is
           ,
           matter
           of
           Estate
           domestique
           an●
           inward
           ,
           or
           matter
           ●
           Law
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           is
           ,
           matter
           〈◊〉
           Estate
           forreine
           ,
           or
           ma●●ter
           of
           intercourse
           ,
           〈◊〉
           commerce
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           is
           ,
           matter
           〈◊〉
           Honor
           or
           reputation
           .
        
         
           The
           matter
           of
           genera●lity
           ,
           or
           common
           reason
           as
           concerning
           all
           in
           generall
           ,
           
           is
           also
           divided
           into
           two
           parts
           :
        
         
           First
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           ,
           nor
           can
           be
           pretended
           no
           cause
           ●f
           the
           change
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           ●o
           president
           of
           like
           change
           ,
           neither
           ancient
           ,
           nor
           moderne
           ,
           forreigne
           ,
           or
           domestique
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           Objection
           therefore
           is
           :
           that
           in
           constituting
           or
           ordaining
           of
           any
           innovation
           or
           change
           ,
           here
           ought
           to
           bee
           considered
           
           either
           a
           generall
           necessity
           ,
           or
           evident
           utility
           but
           that
           we
           finde
           no
           grief
           in
           our
           present
           estate
           ,
           an●
           foresee
           no
           advancemen●
           to
           a
           better
           condition
           by
           this
           change
           ;
           and
           desire
           that
           it
           may
           be
           shewed
           unto●
           us
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           Objection
           that
           we
           finde
           no
           presiden●
           at
           home
           nor
           abroad
           ,
           o●
           uniting
           or
           contracting
           of
           the
           names
           of
           two
           several
           Kingdomes
           or
           States
           int●
           
           one
           name
           ,
           where
           the
           Vnion
           hath
           growne
           by
           marriage
           or
           blood
           .
           And
           that
           those
           examples
           which
           may
           be
           alleadged
           ,
           as
           far
           as
           wee
           can
           finde
           ,
           or
           understand
           ,
           are
           but
           in
           the
           ease
           of
           Conquest
           .
        
         
           Matter
           of
           Estate
           domestique
           ,
           or
           inward
           ,
           or
           matter
           of
           the
           Law
           ,
           is
           divided
           into
           these
           three
           maine
           heads
           following
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           ,
           that
           the
           alteration
           of
           the
           name
           of
           the
           
           King
           doth
           inevitably
           and
           infallibly
           draw
           on
           an
           erection
           of
           a
           new
           Kingdom●
           or
           estate
           ,
           and
           a
           dissolution
           and
           extinguishment
           of
           the
           old
           ;
           and
           that
           no
           explanation
           ,
           limitation
           ,
           or
           reservation
           can
           cleare
           or
           avoid
           that
           inconvenience
           ,
           but
           i●
           will
           he
           full
           of
           repugnancy
           and
           ambiguity
           ,
           and
           subject
           to
           much
           variety
           and
           danger
           of
           construction
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           is
           ,
           an
           enumeration
           or
           recitall
           of
           the
           speciall
           or
           severall
           confusions
           ,
           
           incongruities
           and
           mischiefes
           ,
           which
           will
           necessarily
           and
           incidently
           follow
           in
           the
           time
           present
           .
        
         
           As
           in
           the
           summoning
           of
           Parliaments
           ,
           and
           the
           recitals
           of
           Acts
           of
           Parliament
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Seals
           of
           the
           kingdome
           .
        
         
           Jn
           the
           great
           Officers
           of
           the
           kingdome
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Lawes
           ,
           customs
           ,
           liberties
           and
           priviledges
           of
           the
           kingdome
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           residence
           and
           holding
           of
           such
           Courts
           as
           
           follow
           the
           Kings
           person
           which
           by
           this
           generality
           o●
           name
           may
           be
           held
           in
           cou●●land
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           severall
           and
           reciproque
           oathes
           ,
           the
           on●
           of
           his
           Majestie
           at
           his
           Coronation
           ,
           which
           is
           neve●
           iterated
           ;
           the
           other
           in
           the
           oathes
           of
           allegiance
           ,
           homage
           ,
           and
           obedience
           ,
           made
           and
           renewed
           from
           time
           to
           time
           by
           the
           Subjects
           .
        
         
           All
           which
           Acts
           ,
           instruments
           ?
           and
           formes
           of
           policy
           and
           government
           ,
           with
           
           multitude
           of
           other
           forms
           of
           Records
           ,
           Writs
           ,
           plead●gs
           and
           instruments
           of
           a
           ●eaner
           nature
           ,
           run
           now
           ●n
           the
           name
           of
           England
           ,
           ●●d
           upon
           the
           change
           would
           〈◊〉
           drawne
           into
           incertain●
           and
           question
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           is
           ,
           a
           possibi●●ty
           of
           alienation
           of
           the
           ●rowne
           of
           England
           to
           the
           ●ne
           of
           Scotland
           ,
           in
           case
           〈◊〉
           Majesties
           line
           should
           determine
           :
           (
           which
           God
           of
           ●s
           goodnesse
           defend
           )
           for
           
           if
           it
           be
           a
           new
           erected
           kingdome
           ,
           it
           must
           goe
           in
           t●
           nature
           of
           a
           purchase
           ,
           〈◊〉
           the
           next
           heire
           of
           his
           Majesties
           fathers
           side
           .
        
         
           The
           matter
           of
           St●forreine
           ,
           or
           matter
           of
           〈◊〉
           ●●tercourse
           and
           commer●●
           consisteth
           of
           these
           th●●●
           points
           following
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           is
           ,
           the
           League
           Treaties
           ,
           forreine
           Fredomes
           of
           trade
           and
           tr●fique
           ,
           forreine
           contra●●
           may
           be
           drawne
           in
           ques●●on
           ,
           and
           made
           subject
           
           quarrell
           and
           cavillation
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Kings
           precedency
           before
           other
           Christian
           Kings
           ,
           which
           is
           guided
           by
           antiqui●●
           of
           Kingdomes
           ,
           and
           not
           ●y
           greatnesse
           ,
           may
           be
           en●angered
           ,
           and
           his
           place
           turned
           last
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           ●h
           newest
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           ●lory
           and
           good
           acceptation
           of
           the
           English
           name
           and
           ●ation
           ,
           will
           be
           in
           forreine
           ●arts
           obscured
           .
        
         
         
           The
           matter
           of
           honou●
           and
           reputation
           stande●
           chiefly
           upon
           these
           fou●●maine
           heads
           ,
           or
           points
           following
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           is
           ,
           that
           〈◊〉
           worldly
           thing
           is
           more
           de●
           to
           men
           then
           their
           name
           〈◊〉
           as
           we
           see
           in
           private
           fam●●lies
           ,
           that
           men
           disinheri●
           their
           daughters
           to
           con●nue
           their
           names
           ;
           muc●
           more
           in
           States
           ,
           and
           whe●
           the
           name
           hath
           been
           famous
           and
           honourable
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           
           contracted
           name
           of
           Bri●aine
           ,
           will
           bring
           in
           oblivion
           the
           names
           of
           England
           and
           Scotland
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           is
           ,
           that
           whereas
           now
           England
           in
           the
           stile
           〈◊〉
           placed
           before
           Scotland
           ;
           ●n
           the
           name
           of
           Britaine
           that
           degree
           of
           priority
           or
           ●recedence
           will
           be
           lost
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           change
           of
           name
           seem
           harsh
           at
           the
           first
           ,
           in
           the
           popular
           opinion
           ,
           and
           something
           un●leasing
           to
           the
           Countrey
           .
        
      
       
       
       
         
           THese
           precedent
           objections
           ,
           and
           many
           other
           pretended
           against
           the
           happy
           uniting
           of
           these
           two
           famous
           king●omes
           of
           England
           and
           ●cotland
           ,
           the
           Reader
           shall
           finde
           sufficiently
           answered
           in
           the
           ensuing
           Treatise
           ,
           by
           the
           Author
           ,
           to
           his
           full
           satisfaction
           and
           content
           .
        
      
    
     
       
       
       
         
           THE
           ●E-MARRIAGE
           Of
           two
           famous
           Kingdomes
           ,
           ENGLAND
           and
           SCOTLAND
           :
           ●●duced
           into
           one
           Great
           Brittaine
           ,
           ●y
           the
           providence
           of
           one
           God
           ,
           the
           ●iety
           of
           two
           Kings
           ,
           the
           unity
           of
           ●oth
           Nations
           .
           By
           way
           of
           answer
           〈◊〉
           former
           Objections
           .
        
         
           BY
           IOHN
           BRISTOL
           .
        
         
           IT
           was
           long
           before
           the
           Objections
           against
           the
           ●ntended
           happy
           union
           of
           both
           the
           Realmes
           
           came
           to
           my
           hands
           :
           b●
           having
           read
           them
           ,
           〈◊〉
           could
           not
           hold
           m●
           hand
           from
           writing
           〈◊〉
           remove
           &
           cleare
           them
           esteeming
           them
           only
           〈◊〉
           great
           shew
           of
           big
           lo●●
           laid
           in
           the
           way
           ,
           b●●tween
           the
           two
           emine●●
           markes
           shot
           at
           by
           t●
           soveraign
           Vnitor
           ,
           namely
           ,
           honour
           and
           happinesse
           :
           the
           one
           inseparably
           inherent
           in
           his
           m●
           royall
           person
           :
           the
           othe●
           assuredly
           intended
           〈◊〉
           Subjects
           benefit
           :
           whi●●●hings
           
           in
           apparant
           uti●
           ,
           or
           urgent
           necessity
           ●e
           Objectors
           desire
           to
           ●e
           shewed
           them
           :
           for
           whose
           satisfaction
           ,
           I
           have
           briefly
           examined
           ,
           and
           answered
           every
           ob●●ction
           .
        
         
           The
           Objectors
           finde
           ●o
           president
           at
           home
           ●or
           abroad
           ,
           of
           uniting
           〈◊〉
           contracting
           of
           the
           names
           of
           two
           severall
           Kingdomes
           or
           States
           ●nto
           one
           name
           ,
           where
           the
           Vnion
           hath
           growne
           ●y
           marriage
           or
           blood
           :
           
           and
           say
           ,
           that
           the
           examples
           which
           may
           bee
           alleged
           ,
           are
           but
           in
           case
           〈◊〉
           Conquest
           .
           But
           I
           remember
           ,
           that
           Charles
           〈◊〉
           France
           the
           eighth
           ,
           〈◊〉
           
             Comineus
          
           mentioneth
           taking
           to
           wife
           the
           hei●
           of
           little
           Brittaine
           ,
           annexed
           it
           to
           the
           Crowne●
           France
           ,
           ruled
           it
           〈◊〉
           lawes
           ,
           customes
           ,
           a●
           priviledges
           of
           Fran●●
           and
           gave
           the
           Noble
           thereof
           place
           in
           Parliament
           in
           France
           :
           〈◊〉
           union
           is
           a
           strong
           keep
           
           of
           Imperiall
           Soveraignty
           ,
           and
           is
           the
           very
           si●ewes
           of
           Weale
           pub●●que
           .
           But
           as
           
             Tacitus●ith
          
           ,
           By
           divers
           lawes
           ,
           ●er
           diverse
           Nations
           ●●bject
           to
           one
           King
           ,
           
             ●uicquid
             est
             authoritatis
             ●ebis
             destruitur
             contra●●ctionibus
             .
          
        
         
           
             Charles
          
           the
           fifth
           uni●●d
           in
           the
           common
           ●ame
           of
           Spaine
           divers
           ●ther
           his
           kingdomes
           ,
           ●hereof
           two
           of
           them
           ,
           ●amely
           ,
           Aragon
           and
           ●astile
           ,
           descended
           to
           
           him
           in
           right
           of
           blood
           ▪
           For
           he
           well
           knew
           ,
           that
           the
           most
           eminēt
           in
           dignity
           is
           most
           honored
           〈◊〉
           Vnity
           :
           and
           that
           this
           truly
           called
           Prudence
           even
           the
           electing
           ,
           or
           rejecting
           ,
           the
           continuing
           or
           changing
           of
           forme●
           and
           uniting
           kingdome
           according
           to
           time
           ,
           pla●●
           or
           persons
           :
           which
           gre●●
           vertue
           is
           not
           alwai●
           contained
           in
           certai●
           and
           the
           same
           bound
           but
           altereth
           it selfe
           〈◊〉
           occasion
           serveth
           ,
           in
           respect
           
           of
           forenamed
           circumstance
           .
        
         
           But
           the
           Objectors
           acknowledge
           uniting
           of
           Kingdomes
           in
           case
           of
           Conquest
           .
           I
           marvell
           they
           doe
           it
           not
           much
           more
           by
           right
           of
           blood
           :
           for
           in
           that
           Vnion
           of
           constraint
           ,
           there
           is
           ever
           doubt
           ,
           and
           dread
           for
           continuance
           thereof
           ,
           as
           is
           well
           said
           :
           
             Malus
             cu●tos
             diuturnitatis
             metus
          
           :
           but
           in
           this
           by
           right
           of
           ●lood
           ,
           God
           giveth
           bles●ing
           to
           natures
           work
           .
        
         
         
           First
           ,
           in
           the
           great
           majesty
           of
           the
           high
           at
           supreame
           Governou●
           where
           one
           mighty
           Monarch
           is
           of
           more
           command
           and
           power
           ,
           the
           a
           King
           of
           divers
           disti●guished
           Kingdomes
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           in
           〈◊〉
           more
           facility
           of
           the
           government
           ,
           where
           people
           under
           like
           law
           are
           more
           easily
           rule
           than
           under
           divers
           law
           ▪
        
         
           And
           thirdly
           ,
           in
           t●
           more
           security
           of
           the
           g●●verned
           ,
           who
           being
           
           with
           like
           equity
           of
           ●wes
           ,
           will
           one
           love
           and
           strengthen
           the
           other
           :
           but
           being
           divided
           ,
           ●oe
           oftentimes
           under●ine
           ,
           and
           practise
           sub●ersion
           one
           of
           the
           o●her
           .
           
             Vires
             imperii
             in
             ●onsensu
             sunt
             obedienti●m
             :
             tolle
             unitatem
             ,
             &
             ●mnis
             imperii
             contextus
             in
             ●ultas
             partes
             dissidet
             .
          
           Which
           consideration
           made
           King
           Henry
           the
           ●ighth
           rightfully
           assuming
           the
           title
           of
           King
           of
           Ireland
           ,
           by
           voluntary
           
           Vote
           in
           Parliament
           o●
           the
           Lords
           and
           Com●mons
           of
           that
           King●dome
           ,
           (
           albeit
           the
           King
           of
           England
           were
           be●fore
           that
           time
           ,
           but
           cal●led
           Lords
           of
           Ireland●
           yet
           now
           changing
           hi●
           Stile
           ,
           to
           endeavour
           b●
           just
           lawes
           to
           cause
           the
           Irish
           change
           as
           wel●
           their
           apparell
           ,
           as
           lan●guage
           ,
           and
           divers
           thei●
           old
           formes
           and
           forme●
           lawes
           ,
           and
           to
           reduc●
           them
           into
           forme
           o●
           English
           fashion
           ,
           eve●●gainst
           
           their
           former
           cu●tomes
           and
           conditions
           .
           ●t
           is
           then
           a
           matter
           not
           only
           of
           utility
           and
           ne●essity
           ,
           but
           also
           of
           rea●on
           and
           justice
           ,
           that
           a
           King
           in
           right
           of
           blood
           ●olding
           two
           King●omes
           or
           States
           ,
           doe
           ●nite
           &
           contract
           them
           ●nto
           one
           name
           and
           na●ure
           ,
           specially
           Kingdomes
           of
           one
           continent
           ,
           and
           which
           in
           ancient
           times
           were
           but
           one
           ,
           till
           ambition
           and
           contention
           divided
           
           them
           .
           And
           this
           ma●
           stand
           for
           answer
           to
           the
           Objectors
           first
           main
           head
           of
           matter
           ,
           of
           Esta●●
           inward
           .
        
         
           Now
           where
           it
           is
           fa●ther
           alleaged
           ,
           that
           the
           alteration
           of
           the
           nam●
           of
           the
           King
           ,
           doth
           in●vitably
           and
           infallibl●
           draw
           on
           an
           erection
           o●
           a
           new
           Kingdome
           ,
           and
           dissolution
           and
           extinguishment
           of
           the
           olde
           herein
           verily
           I
           think
           the
           matter
           is
           much
           mistaken
           ;
           for
           the
           change
           o●●●me
           
           ,
           is
           not
           so
           rightly
           〈◊〉
           be
           tearmed
           alteration
           〈◊〉
           new
           erection
           ,
           as
           re●●●tution
           and
           reparation
           ●oth
           of
           name
           and
           ho●or
           :
           for
           divers
           his
           ●ajesties
           most
           noble
           ●ogenitors
           ,
           have
           here●●fore
           been
           entituled
           (
           as
           ●hronicles
           tell
           us
           )
           ●●ings
           of
           all
           Britaine
           :
           as
           
             ●enry
          
           the
           second
           ,
           King
           〈◊〉
           all
           Britaine
           ,
           Duke
           of
           ●ascoine
           ,
           Guien
           ,
           and
           ●ormandy
           ,
           whose
           son
           
             ●●hn
          
           had
           also
           in
           his
           ●oine
           stamped
           ,
           as
           is
           to
           
           be
           shewed
           ,
           
             Johan●
             Rex
             Britonum
             .
          
           And
           before
           the
           conquest
           of
           t●
           Saxons
           ,
           it
           is
           certai●
           that
           the
           whole
           I
           le
           w●
           called
           by
           the
           name
           〈◊〉
           Britain
           .
           But
           Saxons
           e●tring
           at
           disadvantage●
           that
           mighty
           Natio●
           consumed
           by
           death
           a●
           famine
           ,
           conquering
           t●
           remnant
           of
           people
           of
           ●mous
           Britain
           ,
           enforc●
           them
           to
           distinguish
           a●
           divide
           themselves
           〈◊〉
           flying
           into
           mountain
           and
           fortified
           plac●●d
           
           afterward
           King
           ●bert
           ,
           utterly
           to
           roote
           ●t
           the
           remembrance
           〈◊〉
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           com●nded
           that
           the
           Land
           ●ould
           be
           called
           no
           ●ore
           by
           that
           name
           ,
           ●t
           England
           ,
           and
           the
           ●ople
           ,
           Englishmen
           .
           ●t
           Egbert
           is
           dead
           ,
           his
           ●wer
           weake
           ,
           nay
           ●ne
           at
           all
           :
           let
           none
           ●erefore
           feare
           to
           re●re
           his
           Country
           to
           〈◊〉
           olde
           name
           ,
           and
           an●nt
           honour
           :
           for
           Eg●rt
           ,
           I
           say
           ,
           is
           dead
           ,
           
           and
           King
           CHARLES
           ●veth
           ,
           
             Et
             vivat
             &
             vin●
             Rex
             Carolus
             .
          
        
         
           This
           ,
           I
           say
           and
           e●force
           againe
           ,
           is
           a
           mat●
           also
           reasonable
           ,
           ju●utile
           ,
           and
           necessary
           ,
           s●ing
           the
           Soveraign
           bri●geth
           in
           no
           innovatio●
           of
           a
           new
           name
           ,
           but
           ●stitution
           of
           the
           old
           ,
           〈◊〉
           dissolution
           ,
           but
           forti●cation
           ,
           whereto
           I
           kno●
           none
           will
           subscrib●
           which
           either
           envy
           t●
           Kings
           greatnesse
           ,
           〈◊〉
           kingdomes
           happiness●
        
         
         
           But
           let
           none
           mar●ll
           ,
           why
           it
           hath
           not
           ●is
           long
           time
           been
           re●uced
           into
           his
           former
           ●ame
           :
           for
           the
           diversity
           ●f
           kingdomes
           ,
           being
           made
           divers
           by
           war
           ●nd
           conquest
           ,
           and
           ha●ing
           heretofore
           divers
           ●ings
           ,
           could
           not
           in
           rea●on
           or
           justice
           endure
           it
           ,
           ●or
           under
           any
           colour
           of
           ●tility
           ,
           or
           necessity
           ,
           un●ergoe
           ,
           or
           conclude
           it
           .
        
         
           But
           now
           seeing
           our
           soveraigne
           Lord
           the
           King
           ,
           being
           rightfully
           
           descended
           of
           all
           the
           Kings
           &
           Princes
           ,
           whi●
           heretofore
           raigned
           a●
           ruled
           in
           England
           ,
           Sc●land
           ,
           or
           Wales
           ,
           as
           〈◊〉
           only
           hath
           power
           to
           ●●store
           all
           into
           one
           〈◊〉
           former
           title
           and
           dig●ty
           ,
           so
           let
           none
           thin●
           this
           his
           Princely
           a●
           just
           pleasure
           ,
           a
           ne●
           erection
           ,
           but
           restitutio●
           of
           olde
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           mo●
           reasonable
           and
           just
           ,
           〈◊〉
           extinguish
           the
           name
           lesser
           continuance
           ,
           the
           the
           name
           which
           h●●ntinued
           
           and
           been
           fa●ous
           by
           the
           space
           of
           ●37
           .
           yeares
           before
           ●hrist
           ,
           and
           688.
           after
           ●s
           Incarnation
           ,
           which
           ●hole
           computation
           ●ommeth
           to
           1825
           years
           .
           ●nd
           where
           it
           is
           most
           ●onourable
           by
           just
           de●ent
           in
           right
           of
           blood
           ,
           ●ot
           only
           to
           change
           ,
           but
           〈◊〉
           abolish
           the
           name
           ●mposed
           by
           a
           Con●uerour
           to
           the
           disho●our
           of
           a
           Nation
           :
           ●nd
           where
           ,
           for
           ●ught
           I
           understand
           ,
           
           the
           matter
           is
           not
           so
           d●●ficult
           ,
           nor
           of
           that
           inco●●venience
           and
           dange●
           but
           may
           with
           mu●
           ease
           and
           safety
           be
           do●
           with
           
             salvo
             jure
             ,
          
           or
           oth●
           reservation
           and
           expl●●nation
           ,
           as
           the
           wise
           an●
           learned
           in
           the
           law●
           can
           at
           large
           devise
           when
           they
           list
           ,
           
             five
             no●
             excogitent
             ,
             sive
             antiq●
             restituant
             .
          
        
         
           But
           for
           example
           ,
           〈◊〉
           bring
           the
           uniting
           〈◊〉
           Dane-Lex
           ,
           and
           Merci●
           Lex
           ,
           by
           
             Edward
          
           th●●onfessor
           
           ,
           which
           was
           ●ot
           prejudiciall
           to
           any
           ,
           ●at
           ever
           I
           could
           reade
           ,
           ●ut
           profitable
           and
           ●eedfull
           to
           all
           ,
           in
           the
           ●olishing
           of
           divers
           old
           ●wes
           ,
           and
           ordaining
           ●vers
           new
           ,
           and
           ma●ng
           Lawes
           to
           all
           ,
           all
           ●ne
           :
           done
           no
           doubt
           with
           due
           respect
           to
           ●eale
           publike
           ,
           with
           ●eedfull
           limitation
           and
           ●ue
           consideration
           of
           ●en
           ,
           matter
           ,
           time
           ,
           place
           ,
           ●nd
           other
           circumstance
           .
           Neither
           doth
           any
           new
           
           erection
           and
           exti●●guishment
           of
           olde
           ,
           〈◊〉
           necessarily
           conclude
           〈◊〉
           convenience
           full
           of
           ●●pugnancy
           ,
           danger
           〈◊〉
           construction
           and
           co●●fusion
           ,
           as
           is
           pretende●
           but
           may
           in
           this
           case
           (
           
             〈◊〉
             beata
             omnium
             vita
             mo●●ratori
             est
             proposita
          
           )
           as
           e●●sily
           bee
           cleared
           and
           ●●voided
           ,
           as
           it
           was
           wh●
           the
           principality
           a●
           Country
           of
           Wales
           w●
           by
           Parliament
           incorp●●rated
           and
           united
           un●
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           En●●●nd
           ,
           
           and
           all
           the
           Inha●●tants
           thereof
           made
           ●●uall
           in
           freedomes
           ,
           ●●berties
           ,
           rights
           ,
           privi●●dges
           ,
           lawes
           ,
           and
           in
           all
           ●●her
           respects
           to
           the
           na●●rall
           subjects
           of
           Eng●●nd
           ,
           and
           all
           inheritan●●s
           made
           of
           English
           te●●re
           ,
           to
           descend
           with●ut
           division
           ,
           or
           partiti●n
           after
           the
           manner
           of
           ●ngland
           :
           and
           the
           ●awes
           ,
           Statutes
           ,
           and
           ●rdinances
           of
           the
           realm
           ●f
           England
           ,
           comman●ed
           to
           bee
           executed
           
           and
           put
           in
           pract●
           within
           the
           country
           a●
           Principality
           of
           Wal●
           So
           as
           now
           in
           this
           ne●
           erection
           and
           dissolu●●●on
           of
           the
           old
           ,
           〈◊〉
           Welshmen
           with
           us
           ,
           a●
           we
           with
           them
           ,
           a●●knowledge
           joyfull●
           one
           only
           Governo●
           and
           one
           only
           gover●ment
           ,
           where
           the
           m●●jesty
           of
           the
           Governo●
           is
           equally
           
             supra
             nos
             ,
          
           a●
           the
           justice
           and
           equity
           〈◊〉
           the
           government
           equ●ly
           
             pro
             nobis
          
           :
           where●
           
           
             ●ertus
             ordo
             in
             jubendo
             &
             ●arendo
             .
          
           Which
           certain
           ●nd
           the
           same
           course
           and
           ●rder
           of
           commanding
           ●y
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           by
           his
           Lawes
           ,
           and
           of
           obedi●nce
           in
           subjects
           ,
           is
           a
           ●trong
           tye
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           a
           vitall
           spirit
           ,
           ●olding
           in
           one
           infinite
           ●housands
           :
           where
           
             Re●ere
             ,
          
           as
           the
           Philosopher
           speaketh
           ?
           is
           reckoned
           
             ●nter
             necessaria
             ,
          
           and
           
             Regi
             inter
             utilia
             .
          
        
         
           Againe
           ,
           could
           seven
           kingdomes
           of
           Saxons
           
           bee
           reduced
           into
           one
           and
           in
           good
           time
           ,
           all
           their
           divers
           Lawes
           〈◊〉
           whereby
           the
           divers●
           subjects
           of
           those
           seve●
           divers
           kingdomes
           wer●
           diversly
           governed
           ,
           be●
           brought
           into
           one
           form●
           of
           civill
           governmen●
           without
           repugnancy
           〈◊〉
           ambiguity
           or
           dangers
           and
           shall
           we
           thinke
           it
           〈◊〉
           matter
           of
           such
           difficul●ty
           ,
           to
           unite
           onely
           two
           kingdomes
           ,
           which
           do●
           not
           much
           differ
           in
           manners
           ,
           lawes
           and
           customes
           ;
           
           saving
           such
           laws
           &
           customes
           as
           were
           formerly
           ordained
           on
           each
           part
           one
           against
           ano●her
           ,
           when
           they
           were
           enemies
           ,
           or
           scarce
           friends
           one
           to
           the
           other
           ?
           Which
           ●aws
           doubtlesse
           all
           will
           say
           ,
           must
           bee
           abrogated
           ,
           ●hat
           in
           further
           proceed●ng
           to
           union
           ,
           wise
           men
           ,
           with
           grave
           consideration
           may
           conclude
           it
           ,
           for
           good
           of
           both
           Nations
           ,
           without
           offēce
           ,
           as
           in
           former
           times
           much
           more
           hath
           bin
           done
           with
           less
           〈◊〉
           doe
           .
        
         
         
           An
           Empire
           of
           many
           kingdomes
           thus
           reduced
           into
           one
           ,
           is
           not
           unlike
           the
           Firmament
           o●
           heaven
           ,
           which
           God
           hath
           adorned
           with
           the
           two
           great
           lights
           ,
           the
           Sunne
           and
           Moone
           ,
           and
           other
           Starres
           ,
           even
           the
           whole
           army
           and
           ha●
           mony
           of
           the
           heavens
           in
           one
           Firmament
           .
           Wh●
           so
           throweth
           a
           ston●
           against
           heaven
           ,
           saith
           the
           Wise
           man
           ,
           it
           will
           fa●
           upon
           his
           owne
           head
           And
           if
           any
           one
           standing
           
           alone
           from
           the
           rest
           ,
           speaketh
           against
           and
           oppugneth
           this
           Vnion
           ,
           better
           it
           were
           (
           saving
           my
           charity
           )
           that
           
             Vnus
             ille
             periret
             ,
             quam
             Vnitas
             .
          
        
         
           Touching
           the
           enumeration
           and
           recitall
           of
           the
           speciall
           or
           severall
           confusions
           ,
           incongruities
           and
           mischiefes
           ,
           which
           in
           the
           Objections
           are
           in
           the
           second
           place
           ,
           of
           matter
           of
           Estate
           inward
           ,
           pretended
           ,
           I
           briefly
           answer
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           no
           feare
           of
           
           confusion
           in
           true
           and
           perfect
           Vnion
           .
           Which
           thing
           the
           mighty
           
             Alexander
             ,
          
           renowned
           for
           fortitude
           and
           policy
           ,
           well
           knew
           ,
           who
           is
           much
           commended
           by
           
             Plutarke
             ,
          
           that
           (
           where
           
             Zeno
          
           chiefe
           of
           Stoickes
           framed
           an
           Idea
           of
           best
           Common-wealth
           ,
           such
           as
           was
           not
           divided
           by
           countries
           and
           contrary
           customes
           ,
           but
           was
           as
           all
           one
           ,
           of
           one
           kinde
           of
           life
           ,
           and
           as
           one
           flocke
           feeding
           in
           one
           pasture
           ,
           
           under
           one
           shepheard
           )
           
             Alexander
          
           I
           say
           ,
           put
           that
           in
           practise
           which
           
             Zeno
          
           but
           imagined
           :
           for
           saith
           
             Plutarke
             ,
          
           not
           as
           
             Aristotle
             Alexanders
          
           Master
           taught
           him
           ,
           so
           did
           hee
           ,
           living
           as
           a
           father
           to
           the
           Grecians
           ,
           and
           cruell
           Commander
           over
           Barbarians
           ,
           respecting
           some
           ,
           and
           neglecting
           others
           :
           but
           he
           reconciled
           all
           into
           one
           ,
           mixing
           mens
           lives
           ,
           lawes
           ,
           names
           and
           marriages
           together
           ,
           
           and
           perswading
           that
           none
           were
           Aliens
           and
           strangers
           among
           his
           subjects
           ,
           but
           such
           as
           were
           evill
           men
           ,
           accounting
           all
           good
           men
           ,
           as
           one
           man
           .
        
         
           Now
           I
           conclude
           this
           point
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           no
           confusion
           ,
           incongruity
           ,
           or
           mischiefe
           to
           be
           feared
           in
           that
           Vnion
           ,
           where
           our
           most
           rightfull
           King
           sitteth
           ,
           not
           by
           conquest
           of
           sword
           ,
           but
           by
           right
           of
           royall
           blood
           ,
           in
           the
           seate
           of
           his
           most
           noble
           
           Progenitors
           :
           and
           not
           as
           
             Alexander
             ,
          
           who
           by
           conquest
           sate
           in
           the
           seate
           of
           
             Darius
          
           among
           Persians
           :
           nor
           as
           
             Xerxes
          
           who
           joyned
           Asia
           and
           Europa
           together
           with
           a
           woodden
           bridge
           over
           Hellespont
           :
           but
           as
           all
           other
           most
           mighty
           Governours
           ,
           and
           the
           best
           kings
           have
           (
           by
           a
           golden
           bridge
           of
           likenesse
           ,
           of
           love
           ,
           of
           equity
           ,
           of
           laws
           ,
           and
           of
           common
           comforts
           of
           society
           and
           joy
           ,
           (
           all
           which
           were
           both
           
           profitable
           and
           needfull
           )
           joyned
           together
           two
           or
           more
           kingdomes
           ,
           for
           their
           owne
           greater
           honor
           ,
           and
           subjects
           more
           undoubted
           happinesse
           .
        
         
           Which
           thing
           likewise
           that
           noble
           and
           valiant
           Trojan
           
             Aeneas
          
           long
           sithence
           put
           in
           use
           ,
           who
           by
           Vnion
           ,
           even
           of
           divers
           nations
           ,
           
             Omnis
             eodem
             nomine
             ,
             &
             eodem
             jure
             Latinos
             vocavit
             .
          
           And
           thereby
           as
           
             Livie
          
           reporteth
           of
           him
           ,
           he
           made
           many
           
           and
           divers
           nations
           as
           one
           people
           ,
           most
           familiar
           ,
           and
           most
           friendly
           together
           .
        
         
           Doe
           not
           divers
           Sun-beames
           come
           from
           one
           Sun
           ,
           and
           all
           they
           of
           one
           nature
           ?
           Are
           not
           divers
           lines
           drawne
           from
           one
           Center
           ,
           and
           all
           they
           of
           one
           fashion
           ?
           Are
           not
           divers
           boughes
           from
           one
           tree
           ,
           and
           all
           of
           the
           same
           substance
           ?
           And
           may
           not
           divers
           people
           under
           one
           Prince
           ,
           though
           they
           are
           divided
           in
           persons
           ,
           
           yet
           be
           united
           in
           Lawes
           ?
           and
           though
           they
           bee
           sundred
           in
           Countries
           ,
           yet
           be
           knit
           together
           in
           hearts
           ,
           specially
           if
           emulation
           cause
           no
           incongruity
           ,
           nor
           disorder
           confusion
           ,
           nor
           strife
           mischiefe
           ,
           only
           with
           saving
           each
           mans
           honor
           ,
           with
           continuance
           of
           each
           good
           custome
           ,
           and
           with
           furtherance
           and
           establishing
           the
           common
           good
           of
           weale
           publique
           ?
        
         
           The
           king
           is
           the
           countries
           
           Parent
           ,
           who
           by
           Vnion
           ,
           
             non
             servos
             ,
             sed
             cives
             cogitat
          
           :
           and
           as
           
             Iupiter
          
           was
           said
           to
           be
           
             Rex
             omnibus
             idem
          
           ;
           so
           would
           his
           Majesty
           be
           
             idem
             omnibus
             ,
          
           one
           head
           to
           one
           body
           .
           Wherefore
           if
           hee
           desire
           to
           unite
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           ,
           and
           to
           account
           them
           one
           ,
           and
           as
           one
           beloved
           sonne
           (
           whose
           life
           is
           deare
           ,
           and
           whose
           happinesse
           joy
           to
           him
           )
           that
           all
           subjects
           as
           one
           sonne
           ,
           in
           common
           apparant
           utility
           ,
           
           might
           participate
           common
           patrimony
           of
           just
           Lawes
           for
           Weale
           publike
           ,
           let
           none
           be
           so
           hardy
           (
           with
           the
           harlot
           in
           the
           daies
           of
           
             Solomon
          
           )
           to
           say
           to
           the
           King
           our
           common
           parent
           ;
           Divide
           the
           childe
           ,
           and
           cut
           it
           into
           two
           parts
           ;
           lest
           such
           division
           part
           that
           into
           two
           ,
           which
           God
           in
           nature
           first
           made
           one
           :
           and
           now
           in
           his
           greater
           goodnesse
           hath
           restored
           ,
           in
           the
           royall
           person
           of
           our
           gracious
           
           King
           into
           one
           :
           what
           God
           hath
           so
           joyned
           together
           ,
           let
           no
           man
           put
           asunder
           .
           For
           hereof
           may
           arise
           plaine
           incongruity
           ,
           and
           fearefull
           inconvenience
           ,
           which
           may
           farther
           grow
           into
           confusion
           and
           mischief
           .
        
         
           Only
           I
           pray
           them
           ,
           which
           object
           against
           the
           happy
           Vnion
           ,
           to
           set
           before
           their
           eyes
           ,
           and
           to
           consider
           with
           their
           hearts
           ,
           the
           grievous
           contention
           between
           the
           divers
           people
           
           of
           the
           kingdome
           of
           Israel
           and
           the
           kingdome
           of
           Iudah
           :
           for
           albeit
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           were
           united
           in
           the
           person
           of
           
             David
          
           their
           king
           ,
           yet
           for
           want
           of
           more
           perfect
           Vnion
           in
           lawes
           and
           love
           ,
           there
           arose
           heart-burnings
           on
           both
           sides
           :
           for
           Israel
           complained
           :
           The
           men
           of
           Iuda
           have
           stolne
           the
           king
           from
           us
           :
           and
           they
           of
           Iuda
           challenged
           ,
           that
           the
           king
           was
           nearer
           in
           blood
           to
           them
           ,
           than
           to
           Israel
           :
           
           and
           Israel
           againe
           replyed
           ,
           that
           they
           had
           ten
           parts
           in
           the
           king
           ,
           and
           therefore
           had
           more
           right
           to
           him
           .
           But
           what
           in
           the
           end
           grew
           of
           this
           contentiō
           &
           emulation
           ?
           consider
           I
           pray
           ,
           and
           prevent
           such
           inconvenience
           and
           mischiefe
           :
           there
           was
           not
           any
           one
           among
           the
           Tribes
           in
           the
           second
           generation
           that
           followed
           the
           house
           of
           
             David
             ,
          
           but
           
             Iuda
          
           only
           :
           
             Omen
             avertas
             Deus
             .
          
        
         
           When
           I
           was
           but
           a
           
           yong
           scholer
           ,
           I
           learned
           to
           call
           that
           aequivocation
           ,
           which
           was
           
             Corpu●
             monstrosum
             ,
          
           under
           one
           name
           of
           divers
           formes
           :
           as
           
             homo
             pictus
             ,
          
           and
           
             homo
             vivus
          
           agree
           in
           the
           name
           of
           man
           ,
           but
           not
           in
           the
           same
           reason
           ,
           definition
           ,
           and
           nature
           :
           so
           I
           can
           call
           the
           agreement
           of
           English
           and
           Scottish
           only
           in
           subjection
           to
           one
           Soveraigne
           ,
           but
           without
           farther
           Vnion
           of
           lawes
           and
           true
           love
           ,
           not
           lively
           and
           indeed
           ,
           
           but
           painted
           and
           in
           shew
           ;
           not
           substantiall
           ,
           ●ut
           aequivocall
           ;
           not
           re●ll
           ,
           but
           nominall
           :
           name●y
           ,
           in
           the
           King
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           head
           ,
           which
           is
           but
           one
           :
           ●ut
           not
           in
           themselves
           ,
           ●s
           in
           the
           body
           ,
           which
           ●ikewise
           is
           ,
           or
           should
           be
           ●ut
           one
           .
           This
           is
           true
           in●ongruity
           ,
           wherof
           may
           ●rise
           such
           farther
           fearefull
           inconvenience
           ,
           as
           I
           wish
           may
           bee
           to
           them
           ●hat
           hate
           the
           State
           ,
           and
           the
           experience
           thereof
           ●nto
           the
           K.
           enemies
           .
        
         
         
           Touching
           the
           particulars
           of
           confusion
           ,
           &c
           ▪
           surmised
           by
           the
           Obje●ctors
           ,
           I
           briefly
           answer
           first
           ,
           that
           exception
           taken
           of
           summoning
           future
           Parliament
           ,
           is
           no
           worth
           answer
           :
           for
           the
           stile
           and
           title
           of
           the
           kin●
           changed
           ,
           may
           chang●
           also
           in
           future
           Writs
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           the
           chang●ing
           of
           the
           Seale
           ,
           is
           only
           charge
           of
           a
           new
           cut
           .
        
         
           Thirdly
           ,
           the
           great
           old
           Officers
           of
           the
           kingdome
           ,
           when
           they
           (
           ye●
           
           most
           worthy
           of
           office
           )
           ●oe
           hereafter
           weare
           ●ut
           ,
           the
           kings
           Majesty
           ●hall
           afterward
           by
           this
           Vnion
           ,
           have
           more
           ●hoice
           to
           prefer
           the
           worthiest
           :
           for
           his
           Ma●esty
           by
           this
           Vnion
           shall
           ●gaine
           more
           choice
           for
           ●ll
           the
           publike
           services
           ,
           ●o
           be
           performed
           either
           at
           home
           or
           abroad
           .
           Neither
           may
           it
           be
           reasonable
           for
           any
           man
           ,
           for
           private
           or
           particular
           respects
           to
           repine
           thereat
           :
           like
           to
           
             Cato
          
           his
           
           son
           ,
           who
           feared
           lest
           by
           his
           fathers
           marriage
           h●
           might
           leese
           somewha●
           of
           his
           patrimony
           ,
           and
           therefore
           murmured
           lest
           his
           father
           should
           beget
           more
           sons
           :
           bu●
           had
           his
           answer
           with
           a
           sound
           reply
           unanswerable
           :
           Son
           ▪
           I
           desire
           to
           have
           more
           sons
           like
           thy selfe
           ,
           good
           Citizens
           ,
           and
           serviceable
           for
           the
           Common
           weale
           .
        
         
           Fourthly
           ,
           touching
           lawes
           ,
           customes
           ,
           liberties
           ,
           and
           priviledges
           ,
           
           ●t
           is
           to
           be
           wished
           that
           the
           rigour
           of
           ours
           were
           somewhat
           qualified
           ,
           ●nd
           the
           liberty
           of
           theirs
           ●omewhat
           restrained
           :
           ●either
           is
           it
           a
           new
           ●hing
           ,
           in
           so
           large
           a
           ●ingdome
           ,
           that
           some
           should
           be
           more
           enabled
           and
           honoured
           with
           priviledges
           than
           others
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Kings
           good
           pleasure
           ,
           ●n
           whom
           dwelleth
           ,
           ●nd
           from
           whom
           is
           de●ived
           all
           true
           honour
           .
        
         
           Fifthly
           ,
           the
           feare
           of
           
           residence
           ,
           or
           holding
           in
           Scotland
           such
           Courts
           as
           follow
           the
           Kings
           person
           ,
           is
           the
           selfe
           same
           as
           if
           we
           feared
           ,
           that
           without
           Vnion
           the
           king
           would
           hold
           personall
           Courts
           in
           Cornwall
           :
           or
           as
           if
           we
           doubted
           that
           such
           Courts
           ,
           when
           our
           former
           Kings
           were
           personally
           in
           France
           ,
           were
           not
           for
           all
           that
           kept
           a●
           Westminster
           .
           The
           sea●
           of
           judgement
           is
           the
           sea●
           of
           the
           house
           of
           
             David
          
           
           thither
           the
           Tribes
           goe
           up
           ,
           and
           there
           the
           peoples
           feet
           stand
           ,
           even
           in
           the
           gates
           of
           Ierusalem
           ;
           which
           Ierusalem
           is
           a
           City
           that
           is
           at
           unity
           in
           it selfe
           :
           at
           unity
           concerning
           matters
           of
           religion
           ,
           at
           unity
           in
           matters
           touching
           publike
           justice
           and
           government
           :
           therefore
           the
           King
           began
           his
           Psalme
           122.
           
           I
           was
           glad
           when
           they
           said
           to
           me
           :
           We
           will
           goe
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
         
           Lastly
           ,
           the
           exception
           taken
           against
           Vnion
           because
           of
           the
           Kings
           oath
           at
           his
           Coronation
           ,
           which
           is
           never
           iterated
           ,
           is
           grounded
           on
           the
           selfe
           same
           reason
           :
           as
           if
           it
           were
           also
           alleadged
           ,
           that
           because
           his
           Majestie
           sweareth
           to
           maintaine
           ancient
           and
           fundamentall
           lawes
           ,
           therefore
           upon
           circumstance
           of
           time
           and
           occasion
           he
           might
           not
           alter
           any
           Law
           :
           but
           let
           it
           be
           remembred
           ,
           that
           the
           
           Kings
           oath
           concerneth
           the
           Lawes
           and
           not
           the
           title
           ,
           and
           we
           know
           the
           Lawes
           may
           be
           preserved
           ,
           though
           the
           title
           be
           altered
           .
        
         
           And
           as
           for
           Subjects
           ,
           I
           doubt
           not
           ,
           but
           they
           may
           without
           danger
           ,
           at
           the
           pleasure
           of
           the
           King
           ,
           sweare
           their
           allegeance
           and
           doe
           homage
           and
           obedience
           after
           restitution
           of
           title
           ,
           reformation
           of
           law
           ,
           and
           Vnion
           of
           Kingdomes
           .
        
         
         
           And
           ancient
           Records
           doe
           no
           more
           leese
           their
           force
           by
           the
           change
           of
           England
           into
           Britaine
           ,
           then
           by
           change
           of
           King
           IAMES
           into
           King
           CHARLES
           .
        
         
           And
           there
           is
           no
           more
           incertainty
           of
           pleadings
           ,
           instruments
           ,
           and
           writs
           ,
           than
           when
           a
           plaintife
           deceaseth
           after
           seven
           yeares
           suite
           ,
           his
           heire
           is
           put
           to
           begin
           ,
           &
           commence
           his
           suite
           anew
           ,
           &
           in
           other
           name
           .
        
         
           The
           heart
           of
           objections
           
           against
           Vnion
           being
           halfe
           broken
           ,
           let
           us
           enter
           into
           the
           third
           consideration
           of
           matter
           of
           State
           inward
           ,
           where
           is
           objected
           a
           possibility
           of
           alienation
           of
           the
           Crowne
           of
           England
           to
           the
           Crowne
           of
           Scotland
           ,
           in
           case
           his
           Majesties
           Line
           should
           determine
           .
           But
           blessed
           bee
           God
           ,
           our
           gracious
           Soveraigne
           King
           is
           blessed
           with
           a
           plentifull
           issue
           ,
           and
           hath
           yet
           much
           farther
           hope
           .
           And
           I
           hope
           
           (
           for
           which
           I
           pray
           night
           and
           day
           )
           that
           his
           Majesties
           royall
           Issue
           shall
           not
           faile
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           the
           Sun
           and
           Moone
           endureth
           .
           Neverthelesse
           ,
           if
           some
           will
           not
           labour
           of
           the
           common
           bane
           of
           good
           wits
           ,
           which
           is
           rather
           to
           dispute
           ,
           than
           obey
           ;
           and
           rather
           to
           reason
           beyond
           reason
           ,
           than
           yeeld
           to
           reason
           ,
           (
           
             more
             magis
             quàm
             judicio
          
           )
           they
           may
           herein
           also
           easily
           answer
           themselves
           ,
           that
           in
           uniting
           
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           ,
           the
           second
           place
           in
           stile
           may
           be
           rather
           drawne
           to
           the
           next
           of
           blood
           in
           our
           Land
           ,
           than
           the
           kingdome
           of
           England
           bee
           transferred
           to
           one
           farther
           off
           frō
           the
           Seem
           .
        
         
           Which
           thing
           ,
           neither
           
             Henry
          
           the
           seventh
           nor
           
             Henry
          
           the
           eighth
           doubted
           ,
           the
           one
           seeking
           to
           marry
           his
           eldest
           daughter
           Lady
           
             Margaret
          
           to
           King
           
             Iames
          
           the
           fourth
           of
           Scotland
           ,
           hoping
           if
           his
           heire
           male
           
           failed
           ,
           by
           that
           meanes
           to
           unite
           Scotland
           to
           England
           .
           And
           the
           other
           having
           his
           whole
           drift
           ,
           to
           match
           his
           Sonne
           Prince
           
             Edward
          
           to
           Queen
           
             Mary
             ,
          
           foreseeing
           in
           his
           providence
           the
           inestimable
           benefit
           of
           uniting
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           :
           for
           which
           cause
           many
           of
           the
           Nobles
           of
           Scotland
           ,
           gave
           faith
           to
           doe
           their
           best
           endeavours
           .
           But
           it
           is
           a
           strange
           doubt
           ,
           and
           cast
           beyond
           the
           Moone
           ,
           to
           imagine
           ,
           
           that
           Vnion
           of
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           doth
           so
           confound
           the
           State
           ,
           and
           change
           the
           tenure
           ,
           to
           bring
           it
           so
           into
           case
           of
           purchase
           ,
           as
           it
           will
           necessarily
           subject
           England
           to
           Scotland
           ,
           especially
           if
           his
           most
           excellent
           Majesty
           ,
           of
           his
           singular
           tenderness
           and
           love
           to
           this
           his
           Realme
           of
           England
           ,
           be
           pleased
           to
           effect
           and
           establish
           ,
           that
           in
           case
           his
           Royall
           Issue
           (
           which
           Almighty
           God
           of
           his
           infinite
           
           mercy
           defend
           )
           should
           faile
           ,
           that
           then
           by
           this
           happy
           intended
           Vnion
           ,
           the
           Realme
           of
           Scotland
           should
           for
           ever
           be
           and
           continue
           indissolubly
           united
           ,
           and
           annexed
           to
           the
           lawfull
           and
           rightfull
           inheritance
           ,
           and
           succession
           of
           the
           Crowne
           of
           England
           ,
           in
           the
           blood
           royall
           of
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           Now
           touching
           matter
           of
           State
           forreine
           ,
           in
           answer
           to
           the
           first
           objection
           :
           I
           am
           well
           
           assured
           ,
           that
           our
           forreine
           affaires
           were
           at
           worst
           in
           the
           opinion
           of
           all
           ,
           at
           the
           decease
           of
           our
           late
           Queen
           ,
           and
           our
           entercourse
           utterly
           decaied
           with
           many
           Princes
           :
           so
           as
           we
           need
           a
           kind
           of
           present
           renewing
           ,
           which
           may
           be
           cōcluded
           as
           wel
           under
           title
           of
           King
           of
           all
           Britain
           ,
           as
           of
           England
           .
        
         
           To
           the
           second
           it
           is
           easily
           answered
           ,
           that
           the
           King
           loseth
           no
           precedency
           of
           place
           ,
           as
           is
           imagined
           ,
           specially
           antiquity
           
           (
           as
           in
           the
           Objections
           is
           alleadged
           )
           guiding
           it
           ,
           and
           not
           greatnesse
           .
           For
           the
           Successor
           to
           King
           
             Arthur
          
           of
           Britaine
           ,
           will
           bee
           worthy
           in
           the
           opinion
           of
           the
           whole
           world
           ,
           of
           better
           place
           ,
           then
           King
           Egbert
           of
           England
           .
        
         
           To
           the
           third
           ,
           that
           if
           the
           name
           of
           England
           (
           as
           is
           imagined
           )
           be
           obscured
           ,
           the
           name
           of
           famous
           and
           great
           Britain
           will
           be
           illustrate
           ,
           memorable
           in
           times
           past
           to
           
           all
           the
           then
           knowne
           Nations
           of
           the
           earth
           .
        
         
           Touching
           matter
           of
           Honour
           ,
           it
           is
           certaine
           and
           evident
           ,
           that
           the
           name
           of
           England
           ,
           though
           it
           hath
           beene
           worthily
           most
           famous
           and
           great
           ,
           yet
           is
           not
           equall
           to
           the
           title
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           when
           England
           and
           Scotland
           are
           reunited
           ,
           either
           by
           reason
           of
           honor
           ,
           or
           of
           power
           .
           All
           Histories
           remembring
           unto
           us
           ,
           that
           the
           Britaines
           long
           
           time
           resisted
           the
           mighty
           force
           of
           Romaines
           ,
           Lords
           ,
           and
           Conquerours
           of
           the
           world
           .
           And
           albeit
           some
           fathers
           can
           be
           content
           to
           disinherite
           their
           own
           daughters
           ,
           to
           continue
           their
           names
           ,
           (
           as
           is
           inferred
           in
           the
           objections
           )
           and
           therfore
           inforced
           ,
           shold
           be
           much
           more
           in
           States
           ,
           specially
           where
           the
           name
           hath
           beene
           famous
           :
           yet
           for
           my
           part
           ,
           I
           account
           such
           parents
           unkind
           and
           unnaturall
           ,
           
           where
           self-love
           of
           their
           name
           ,
           maketh
           them
           forget
           themselves
           ,
           and
           forsake
           their
           owne
           flesh
           .
           I
           will
           not
           urge
           here
           the
           law
           of
           God
           ,
           of
           nature
           ,
           and
           of
           most
           nations
           where
           daughters
           inherite
           ,
           &
           names
           grow
           extinguished
           .
           But
           this
           is
           a
           vaine
           respect
           only
           of
           name
           ,
           wherof
           is
           spokē
           ;
           to
           get
           a
           name
           on
           earth
           ,
           and
           to
           think
           their
           name
           should
           never
           be
           put
           out
           :
           whereas
           so
           many
           countries
           ,
           so
           many
           people
           ,
           
           so
           many
           persons
           ,
           have
           either
           lost
           or
           left
           their
           former
           name
           ,
           and
           most
           willingly
           have
           been
           called
           by
           another
           name
           ,
           
             Gaudet
             cognomine
             terra
             :
             (
             Virgil
             Eneid
             .
             lib.
          
           6.
           )
           That
           countrey
           rejoyced
           to
           be
           called
           by
           a
           new
           name
           :
           how
           much
           more
           should
           our
           Land
           imbrace
           this
           name
           of
           Britaine
           ;
           and
           yet
           not
           new
           ,
           but
           indeed
           his
           old
           proper
           name
           renewed
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           redivived
           and
           restored
           from
           the
           
           dead
           .
           Or
           be
           it
           simply
           losse
           only
           of
           a
           bare
           transitory
           name
           ;
           yet
           as
           the
           Prophet
           
             Esay
          
           speaketh
           ,
           Chapter
           56.
           ver.
           3.
           
           Let
           not
           the
           Eunuch
           say
           ,
           Behold
           ,
           I
           am
           a
           dry
           tree
           ,
           my
           name
           shall
           perish
           with
           mee
           .
           Let
           us
           rather
           regard
           that
           name
           which
           God
           promiseth
           to
           them
           that
           serve
           him
           ,
           saying
           ,
           (
           
             Esay
          
           65.
           ver.
           5.
           )
           Even
           unto
           them
           will
           I
           give
           in
           my
           house
           and
           within
           my
           pallaces
           ,
           a
           place
           and
           a
           name
           better
           
           than
           of
           sons
           and
           of
           daughters
           :
           I
           will
           give
           them
           an
           everlasting
           name
           which
           shall
           not
           be
           put
           out
           .
        
         
           The
           argument
           of
           Oblivion
           deserveth
           no
           answer
           ,
           but
           silence
           and
           forgetfulnesse
           :
           and
           yet
           I
           doubt
           not
           ,
           but
           famous
           acts
           of
           Noble
           English
           men
           ,
           will
           as
           well
           by
           Chronicle
           bee
           remembred
           to
           posterity
           ,
           as
           the
           glory
           of
           renowned
           Britaine
           Record
           remaineth
           to
           this
           
           day
           ,
           neither
           will
           either
           be
           forgotten
           to
           the
           worlds
           end
           .
        
         
           The
           Stile
           of
           England
           now
           placed
           before
           Scotland
           ,
           doth
           no
           way
           prejudice
           the
           Vnion
           by
           losse
           of
           precedency
           :
           for
           when
           all
           is
           one
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           subsequence
           :
           onely
           Honor
           is
           due
           to
           him
           ,
           who
           is
           to
           be
           honoured
           ;
           and
           much
           honour
           to
           him
           ,
           that
           is
           much
           to
           be
           honored
           :
           which
           thing
           in
           the
           Vnion
           may
           easily
           bee
           provided
           for
           ,
           
           and
           other
           pretended
           inconveniences
           prevented
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           the
           Prejudicating
           the
           popular
           opinion
           ,
           to
           whom
           (
           as
           is
           objected
           )
           change
           of
           name
           will
           be
           harsh
           and
           unpleasing
           ,
           is
           in
           mine
           opinion
           a
           wrong
           done
           ,
           and
           imputation
           laid
           upon
           the
           people
           ,
           who
           I
           know
           (
           for
           the
           most
           part
           )
           being
           a
           wise
           nation
           ,
           and
           (
           I
           am
           sure
           )
           most
           loving
           subjects
           to
           the
           Kings
           Majesty
           ,
           have
           
           learned
           obedience
           and
           duty
           ,
           and
           will
           therefore
           rather
           joy
           in
           the
           content
           of
           their
           good
           and
           gacious
           King
           ,
           then
           any
           way
           murmure
           at
           his
           demand
           :
           knowing
           ,
           that
           the
           Empire
           ,
           (
           as
           
             Livie
          
           speaketh
           )
           is
           
             firmissimum
             ,
          
           when
           
             eo
             gaudent
             obedientes
             ,
          
           who
           doubtlesse
           with
           one
           voice
           and
           heart
           submit
           themselves
           ,
           and
           say
           to
           their
           Soveraigne
           :
           
             Esto
             nobis
             solus
             arbiter
             rerum
             jure
             ,
             &
             nomine
             regio
             .
          
        
         
         
           And
           as
           for
           Harshnesse
           of
           the
           strange
           name
           ,
           use
           will
           easily
           make
           it
           familiar
           .
           As
           
             Horace
          
           saith
           :
        
         
           
             Multa
             renascentur
             quae
             jam
             cecidere
             ,
             cademque
          
           
             Quae
             nunc
             sunt
             in
             honore
             vocabula
             ,
             si
             volet
             usus
             .
          
        
         
           This
           pretended
           unpleasing
           harshnesse
           is
           no
           more
           ,
           than
           the
           nicenesse
           of
           a
           Virgin
           ,
           who
           is
           as
           loth
           ,
           and
           maketh
           it
           
           dainty
           to
           leave
           her
           fathers
           name
           ,
           yet
           afterward
           married
           to
           a
           husband
           ,
           taketh
           greatest
           comfort
           in
           the
           name
           of
           her
           husband
           ,
           in
           whom
           shee
           glorieth
           ,
           and
           by
           whom
           shee
           enjoyeth
           all
           her
           worldly
           joy
           .
           And
           yet
           need
           not
           England
           be
           so
           nice
           as
           if
           she
           were
           a
           virgin
           ,
           who
           like
           a
           widdow
           hath
           so
           oftē
           changed
           her
           name
           :
           but
           may
           take
           pride
           ,
           as
           widows
           do
           ,
           to
           bee
           called
           by
           her
           most
           
           honourable
           and
           most
           glorious
           name
           .
        
         
           Thus
           having
           briefly
           run
           over
           the
           objections
           ,
           and
           withall
           carried
           in
           open
           view
           in
           mine
           answer
           due
           consideration
           both
           of
           evident
           utility
           ,
           and
           urgent
           necessity
           ,
           I
           will
           be
           bold
           with
           additions
           of
           more
           reasons
           ,
           yet
           a
           little
           farther
           to
           proceed
           in
           the
           perswasion
           of
           this
           desired
           happy
           Vnion
           .
           God
           ,
           alwaies
           blessed
           and
           to
           be
           honoured
           for
           
           evermore
           ,
           who
           is
           Trinity
           in
           Vnity
           ,
           and
           Vnity
           in
           Trinity
           ,
           three
           persons
           ,
           and
           but
           one
           God
           ,
           doth
           by
           influence
           of
           his
           holy
           Spirit
           ,
           give
           divers
           gifts
           and
           graces
           to
           beleevers
           ,
           of
           what
           country
           or
           condtion
           soever
           they
           be
           ,
           &
           governes
           them
           by
           holy
           Law
           ,
           and
           uniteth
           them
           in
           the
           same
           faith
           ,
           though
           diversly
           scattered
           among
           all
           the
           Nations
           of
           the
           Christian
           world
           :
           that
           hereby
           the
           gods
           on
           earth
           ,
           
           whom
           he
           hath
           placed
           to
           rule
           over
           many
           and
           divers
           kingdomes
           upon
           earth
           ,
           might
           learne
           by
           the
           same
           Lawes
           in
           things
           humane
           ,
           and
           same
           religion
           in
           matters
           divine
           ,
           to
           preserve
           Weale
           publike
           ,
           and
           Christian
           Society
           among
           men
           .
        
         
           But
           the
           ambition
           ,
           and
           frowardnesse
           of
           many
           ,
           desirous
           rather
           to
           be
           distracted
           into
           divers
           names
           and
           countries
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           ruled
           by
           
           divers
           lawes
           and
           customes
           ,
           doe
           oft
           times
           hazard
           the
           Common
           good
           and
           peace
           of
           the
           Weale
           publike
           :
           where
           two
           kingdomes
           so
           divided
           under
           one
           Soveraigne
           ,
           are
           not
           unlike
           the
           rich
           treasures
           of
           pearle
           and
           gold
           ,
           laid
           up
           in
           one
           Ship
           ,
           by
           contrarieties
           of
           divers
           windes
           to
           be
           driven
           upon
           rocks
           with
           extreamest
           danger
           :
           as
           is
           said
           in
           
             Tully
             ,
          
           of
           dividing
           and
           distinguishing
           desires
           into
           severall
           
           parts
           and
           members
           ,
           in
           such
           diversities
           and
           differences
           :
           
             Hoc
             est
             dissipare
             ,
             &
             non
             distinguere
             ,
             frangere
             ,
             &
             non
             dividere
             .
          
        
         
           Which
           thing
           is
           to
           be
           feared
           by
           not
           uniting
           ,
           but
           keeping
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           still
           in
           parts
           ,
           when
           upon
           every
           discontent
           in
           Scotland
           ,
           as
           at
           a
           backe
           doore
           passage
           may
           be
           given
           for
           a
           forreine
           enemy
           ,
           soone
           to
           weaken
           a
           divided
           power
           :
           as
           
             Cyrus
          
           the
           
           Persian
           soone
           emptied
           that
           great
           and
           deep
           river
           ,
           otherwise
           unpassable
           for
           his
           soldiers
           ,
           by
           drawing
           it
           into
           divers
           channels
           .
           And
           why
           should
           not
           we
           feare
           such
           and
           greater
           evils
           ,
           if
           as
           
             Virgil
          
           laid
           infamy
           upon
           us
           ,
           calling
           us
           ,
           
             toto
             divisos
             orbe
             Britannos
             :
          
           so
           we
           be
           content
           to
           adde
           greater
           infamy
           to
           our selves
           ,
           and
           become
           
             toto
             in
             orbe
             divisi
             ,
          
           divided
           within
           our selves
           in
           the
           sight
           and
           view
           of
           
           the
           whole
           world
           ?
        
         
           But
           I
           hope
           and
           wish
           for
           better
           things
           ,
           that
           by
           Vnion
           in
           name
           of
           Britaines
           ,
           we
           may
           leave
           to
           be
           any
           longer
           divided
           into
           English
           and
           Scottish
           ;
           as
           rivers
           of
           divers
           names
           meeting
           in
           the
           Sea
           ,
           receive
           one
           and
           the
           same
           name
           :
           the
           rather
           ,
           because
           the
           elements
           of
           fire
           and
           water
           ,
           of
           earth
           and
           aire
           ,
           being
           of
           repugnant
           qualities
           ,
           yet
           joyned
           in
           one
           body
           ,
           doe
           agree
           in
           
           one
           forme
           ,
           as
           in
           a
           
             Medium
          
           uniting
           and
           mixing
           them
           together
           :
           much
           more
           ,
           divers
           kingdomes
           oft
           times
           heretofore
           at
           war
           and
           discord
           ,
           yet
           now
           being
           united
           into
           one
           body
           ,
           of
           one
           name
           and
           nature
           ,
           qualified
           by
           equall
           mixture
           ,
           of
           Law
           ,
           Manners
           ,
           Honors
           ,
           Marriages
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           may
           be
           made
           perfect
           in
           one
           forme
           ,
           and
           have
           a
           beeing
           not
           as
           English
           and
           Scottish
           ,
           but
           as
           Britains
           ,
           
           knit
           together
           in
           that
           third
           and
           renowned
           name
           :
           that
           the
           Maxime
           may
           be
           verified
           in
           us
           :
           
             Qua
             in
             aliquo
             tertio
             conveniunt
             ,
             optime
             conveniunt
             .
          
        
         
           I
           confesse
           ,
           that
           some
           lawes
           of
           ours
           may
           bee
           thought
           too
           streight
           for
           them
           ,
           and
           some
           liberties
           of
           theirs
           unfitting
           us
           :
           but
           let
           all
           be
           wrested
           alike
           ,
           pulling
           some
           up
           ,
           and
           letting
           some
           downe
           ,
           and
           in
           pleasing
           harmony
           we
           shall
           find
           ,
           
           as
           
             Tully
          
           saith
           :
           
             Commune
             &
             aequabile
             inter
             omnes
             jus
          
           :
           where
           will
           be
           no
           strife
           ,
           as
           was
           betweene
           
             Esau
          
           and
           
             Jacob
             ,
          
           undermining
           and
           deceiving
           one
           the
           other
           of
           blessing
           and
           patrimony
           ;
           but
           all
           love
           ,
           and
           unity
           ,
           and
           concord
           ,
           and
           content
           ,
           as
           if
           all
           were
           not
           twins
           ,
           but
           one
           man
           ,
           even
           one
           heart
           in
           one
           body
           .
        
         
           And
           now
           if
           
             Iphicrates
             ,
          
           that
           valiant
           Leader
           were
           againe
           living
           ,
           and
           
           asked
           ,
           whether
           he
           were
           under
           the
           now
           imperiall
           Majesty
           ,
           this
           or
           that
           ,
           English
           or
           Scottish
           ,
           or
           among
           ,
           or
           over
           them
           ,
           an
           horseman
           ,
           an
           archer
           ,
           or
           a
           Leader
           ;
           he
           might
           truly
           answer
           ,
           as
           sometimes
           he
           did
           in
           like
           case
           :
           No
           ,
           not
           any
           of
           these
           ,
           but
           I
           am
           he
           ,
           who
           knoweth
           under
           him
           whom
           I
           serve
           ,
           to
           command
           and
           governe
           all
           these
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           were
           but
           one
           man
           :
           
             Vnius
             Ducis
             imperium
             simul
             sentiunt
             
             omnes
             copiae
             .
          
           Thus
           in
           warre
           and
           tumult
           ,
           much
           more
           in
           quiet
           peace
           ,
           may
           it
           be
           said
           :
           Divers
           subjects
           
             ad
             nutum
             unius
             Regis
             ,
             &
             ejusdem
             legis
             omnes
             simul
             respondent
             .
          
        
         
           So
           powerfull
           is
           the
           force
           of
           Vnion
           ,
           that
           
             una
             Via
          
           being
           director
           ,
           for
           law
           ,
           and
           
             Cor
             unum
          
           performer
           for
           obedience
           :
           the
           law
           enjoyning
           obedience
           ,
           and
           obedience
           executing
           Law
           ,
           the
           Prince
           cannot
           command
           
           what
           the
           people
           will
           not
           obey
           :
           and
           the
           people
           will
           obey
           what
           the
           Prince
           commands
           ,
           and
           Vnity
           among
           them
           will
           uphold
           all
           :
           
             Vnum
             imperii
             corpus
             unius
             animo
             regendum
             videtur
          
           :
           &
           so
           likewise
           ,
           
             Ejusdem
             juris
             esse
             debent
             ,
             qui
             sub
             eodem
             Rege
             victuri
             sunt
             .
          
        
         
           But
           rule
           of
           two
           kingdomes
           without
           uniting
           them
           ,
           is
           to
           give
           occasion
           to
           either
           part
           to
           look
           backe
           for
           an
           olde
           grudge
           ,
           
             Vbi
             antiqui
             odii
             
             pertinacia
             in
             publicum
             stimulat
             exitium
             :
          
           which
           I
           feare
           would
           be
           ,
           as
           the
           going
           backe
           of
           two
           Rammes
           ,
           more
           fiercely
           to
           butt
           at
           ,
           and
           beate
           one
           the
           other
           :
           where
           held
           both
           together
           in
           like
           yoke
           ,
           one
           cannot
           easily
           offend
           or
           force
           the
           other
           .
           
             Sic
             enim
             immensa
             multitudo
             authoritatis
             quasi
             spiritu
             regitur
             .
          
        
         
           And
           where
           it
           is
           of
           the
           nature
           of
           man
           not
           to
           endure
           all
           servitude
           ,
           nor
           all
           liberty
           ,
           but
           to
           
           strive
           to
           shake
           off
           the
           one
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           weary
           of
           the
           other
           ;
           it
           is
           certaine
           ,
           that
           equity
           and
           equability
           of
           like
           lawes
           to
           a
           divers
           people
           united
           in
           one
           ,
           will
           make
           them
           (
           which
           otherwise
           feare
           servitude
           )
           to
           enjoy
           freedome
           :
           and
           those
           which
           seeme
           most
           free
           by
           former
           priviledges
           &
           immunities
           ,
           to
           feare
           servitude
           ,
           if
           they
           transgresse
           their
           bounds
           :
           for
           such
           Vnion
           and
           equity
           is
           
             communis
             custodia
             ,
             &
             
             principatus
             &
             reipublicae
             .
          
           But
           faction
           and
           ambition
           ,
           are
           the
           father
           and
           mother
           of
           intestine
           calamity
           ,
           Civill
           war
           ,
           and
           deadly
           feud
           .
        
         
           Who
           so
           loveth
           this
           ,
           will
           never
           like
           that
           ;
           neither
           is
           he
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           but
           of
           the
           toes
           and
           feet
           of
           that
           image
           which
           
             Nebuchadnesar
          
           dreamed
           of
           ,
           
             Dan.
          
           2.
           whose
           head
           was
           of
           fine
           gold
           ,
           whose
           breast
           and
           armes
           of
           silver
           ,
           whose
           belly
           and
           thighes
           of
           brasse
           ,
           whose
           
           legs
           of
           Iron
           ,
           and
           whose
           feet
           ,
           part
           of
           Iron
           and
           part
           of
           Clay
           .
           Silver
           ,
           Brasse
           ,
           and
           Iron
           are
           metals
           easily
           mixed
           ,
           but
           Iron
           and
           Clay
           will
           not
           by
           any
           meanes
           melt
           and
           joyne
           together
           .
           Kingdomes
           divided
           are
           prefigured
           in
           the
           Iron
           and
           Clay
           ,
           they
           are
           partly
           warlike
           and
           well
           governed
           ,
           &
           partly
           weak
           ,
           factious
           ,
           and
           seditious
           :
           they
           agree
           not
           to
           the
           King
           their
           golden
           head
           ,
           and
           though
           they
           (
           as
           the
           
           Text
           saith
           ,
           
             verse
          
           43.
           )
           mingle
           themselves
           with
           the
           seed
           of
           men
           ,
           yet
           joyn
           not
           one
           with
           another
           ,
           but
           are
           as
           Iron
           and
           Clay
           ,
           which
           will
           not
           be
           mixed
           together
           .
           The
           Poets
           call
           this
           latter
           age
           
             Ferrea
          
           :
           let
           us
           which
           live
           in
           it
           prove
           them
           Poets
           ,
           and
           not
           Prophets
           ,
           that
           so
           being
           joyned
           to
           our
           golden
           head
           in
           all
           obedience
           and
           duty
           ,
           in
           all
           love
           and
           zeale
           to
           our
           Countrie
           ,
           and
           in
           Vnitie
           
           among
           our selves
           ,
           God
           may
           still
           showre
           down
           his
           wonted
           favours
           upon
           Church
           and
           Common-wealth
           ;
           and
           that
           wee
           may
           still
           bee
           thankfull
           ,
           returning
           him
           the
           glory
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
       
         
           A
           SECOND
           PART
           to
           the
           precedent
           TREATISE
           .
        
         
           THE
           State
           of
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           may
           bee
           resembled
           to
           the
           condition
           of
           Israel
           ,
           and
           Iuda
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           emulation
           ,
           who
           have
           most
           right
           to
           the
           Royall
           person
           of
           the
           Kings
           Majesty
           ,
           for
           their
           defence
           ,
           and
           government
           ;
           but
           also
           for
           that
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           were
           at
           first
           both
           but
           one
           .
           
           Besides
           ,
           God
           ,
           as
           he
           speaketh
           by
           his
           Prophet
           
             Hosea
             ,
          
           Chapter
           11.
           did
           also
           at
           first
           alike
           leade
           both
           them
           ,
           and
           us
           ,
           
             With
             Cords
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             even
             with
             Bands
             of
             love
             .
          
           And
           as
           it
           pleased
           God
           ,
           for
           sinne
           of
           people
           to
           breake
           those
           Bands
           ,
           even
           both
           the
           
             Staffe
             of
             bands
             ,
             and
             of
             beauty
             ,
             to
             dissolve
             the
             brotherhood
             of
             Israel
             ,
             and
             Iuda
             ,
          
           (
           as
           saith
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           
             Zach.
          
           11.
           )
           so
           ,
           for
           the
           iniquity
           of
           our
           forefathers
           ,
           God
           brake
           the
           
             Staffe
             of
             bands
             ,
          
           signifying
           mutuall
           love
           ,
           and
           also
           
             Staffe
             of
             beauty
             ,
          
           signifying
           order
           of
           government
           ,
           and
           brought
           in
           upon
           them
           ,
           and
           upon
           their
           posterity
           ,
           
           even
           to
           these
           our
           later
           daies
           ,
           as
           
             Esay
          
           saith
           ,
           Chapter
           9.
           
           
             A
             staffe
             of
             division
             ,
             and
             yoke
             of
             burden
          
           upon
           theirs
           ,
           and
           our
           shoulders
           ;
           which
           now
           for
           all
           that
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           riches
           of
           his
           mercy
           ,
           he
           hath
           also
           broken
           in
           pieces
           ,
           making
           all
           one
           againe
           ,
           as
           hee
           spake
           by
           his
           Prophet
           
             Ezekiel
             ,
          
           concerning
           Israel
           ,
           and
           Iuda
           ,
           (
           Chapter
           37.
           )
           saying
           ,
           
             I
             will
             make
             them
             one
             people
             in
             the
             land
             ,
             upon
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Israel
             ,
             and
             one
             King
             shall
             be
             King
             to
             them
             all
             ,
             and
             they
             shall
             be
             no
             more
             two
             peoples
             ,
             neither
             be
             divided
             ,
             any
             more
             henceforth
             into
             two
             Kingdomes
             .
          
        
         
         
           This
           foundation
           laid
           ,
           as
           project
           of
           our
           whole
           purpose
           ;
           The
           truth
           sheweth
           it self
           how
           two
           kingdoms
           ,
           severed
           in
           place
           ,
           not
           much
           differing
           in
           lawes
           ,
           nor
           dissonant
           in
           language
           ,
           but
           only
           disagreeing
           heretofore
           in
           neighbourhood
           ,
           may
           be
           comprehended
           under
           notion
           of
           one
           name
           ,
           specially
           seeing
           ,
           when
           one
           ruleth
           both
           ,
           and
           both
           become
           Subject
           to
           one
           ,
           they
           are
           no
           more
           two
           ,
           but
           one
           body
           ,
           linked
           in
           like
           duty
           ,
           and
           knit
           together
           in
           one
           band
           of
           obedience
           .
           To
           doubt
           this
           is
           in
           Strangers
           ,
           ignorance
           ,
           but
           in
           Subjects
           ,
           a
           great
           offence
           .
        
         
           For
           who
           so
           considereth
           
           that
           many
           Shires
           ,
           with
           the
           principality
           of
           Wales
           ,
           heretofore
           made
           one
           England
           ,
           cannot
           but
           confesse
           that
           likewise
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           ,
           with
           all
           their
           territories
           ,
           Islands
           ,
           Shires
           ,
           and
           Countries
           make
           now
           one
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           people
           of
           both
           the
           mighty
           Nations
           ,
           Britaines
           ▪
           and
           that
           the
           Kings
           Majesty
           hath
           done
           as
           princely
           an
           Act
           in
           uniting
           both
           the
           kingdomes
           into
           one
           name
           ,
           as
           he
           did
           in
           uniting
           the
           Armes
           of
           both
           the
           Realmes
           into
           one
           Scutchion
           ,
           having
           a
           like
           right
           in
           both
           .
           For
           all
           great
           Britaine
           being
           his
           Majesties
           inheritance
           ,
           all
           his
           Subjects
           within
           
           that
           continent
           are
           Brittaines
           .
        
         
           Iust
           ,
           and
           reasonable
           was
           the
           demand
           of
           
             Annius
             ,
          
           chiefe
           Governour
           of
           Latines
           ,
           in
           uniting
           Romanes
           ,
           and
           Latines
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Ex
             utraque
             gente
             unum
             oportet
             esse
             populum
             ,
             unam
             fieri
             rempub
             :
             eandem
             imperiisedem
             ,
             idemque
             omnibus
             nomen
             .
          
           And
           albeit
           the
           Latines
           were
           content
           ,
           for
           sake
           of
           Weale
           publike
           ,
           to
           prefer
           Romanes
           before
           themselves
           ,
           and
           be
           called
           by
           their
           names
           (
           as
           the
           History
           there
           farther
           reporteth
           )
           
             Quoniam
             ab
             alter
             utra
             parte
             concedi
             necesse
             est
             (
             quod
             utrisque
             benè
             vertat
             )
             sit
             haec
             sanè
             patria
             potior
             ,
             &
             Romani
             omnes
             vocemur
             :
          
           
           neverthelesse
           the
           case
           not
           standing
           so
           with
           us
           ,
           that
           Scottish
           should
           be
           called
           by
           our
           name
           ,
           nor
           we
           by
           theirs
           ,
           methinkes
           ,
           a
           third
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           might
           easily
           ,
           and
           equally
           please
           both
           :
           otherwise
           as
           King
           
             Deiotarus
          
           cut
           off
           all
           his
           children
           ,
           saving
           one
           ,
           because
           he
           would
           leave
           the
           kingdome
           but
           to
           one
           :
           so
           should
           English
           ,
           swallowing
           up
           name
           of
           Scottish
           ,
           or
           Scottish
           drowning
           name
           of
           English
           ,
           prove
           such
           a
           Vine
           ,
           which
           to
           bring
           but
           one
           grape
           to
           ripenesse
           ,
           is
           content
           that
           all
           branches
           be
           cut
           off
           ,
           but
           one
           .
           But
           the
           question
           here
           is
           not
           ,
           which
           of
           the
           branches
           should
           best
           
           prosper
           ,
           but
           how
           all
           the
           branches
           may
           flourish
           ,
           which
           abide
           in
           the
           Vine
           :
           and
           verily
           the
           question
           carrieth
           in
           it selfe
           his
           answer
           .
           Abide
           in
           the
           Vine
           .
           This
           
             Vine
             is
             but
             one
             ,
          
           though
           of
           many
           branches
           ,
           and
           much
           fruit
           .
           And
           thankes
           be
           given
           to
           God
           ,
           that
           his
           Majesty
           K.
           
             Iames
          
           of
           blessed
           memory
           ,
           by
           publique
           Proclamation
           ,
           divulged
           the
           inserting
           and
           fast
           grafting
           of
           each
           branch
           ,
           and
           all
           fruit
           into
           his
           owne
           Royall
           person
           ,
           as
           into
           a
           fruitfull
           and
           flourishing
           Vine
           ,
           even
           into
           the
           head
           of
           the
           whole
           body
           ,
           of
           how
           many
           soever
           parts
           consisting
           .
           Wherein
           his
           Highnesse
           laid
           the
           first
           
           stone
           ,
           as
           he
           was
           the
           true
           and
           only
           foundation
           of
           happy
           union
           :
           and
           yet
           ,
           as
           yet
           ,
           like
           
             Apelles
          
           fashioning
           only
           the
           exquisite
           and
           most
           excellent
           beauty
           of
           
             Venus
          
           in
           the
           head
           ,
           but
           I
           hope
           also
           ,
           and
           will
           pray
           for
           perfection
           in
           the
           rest
           :
           that
           the
           saying
           may
           be
           true
           .
           
             Rex
             velit
             honesta
             ,
             nemo
             non
             eadem
             volet●
          
           and
           that
           an
           universall
           union
           may
           be
           as
           happy
           in
           
             successu
             ,
          
           as
           it
           is
           most
           just
           by
           Proclamation
           in
           
             inceptu
             .
          
           That
           the
           head
           going
           before
           ,
           the
           whole
           body
           may
           follow
           after
           in
           imitation
           ,
           to
           worke
           out
           perfection
           of
           the
           desired
           happy
           union
           .
           That
           it
           may
           be
           verified
           ,
           
             quod
             diu
             parturivit
             
             tandem
             peperit
          
           ;
           and
           what
           God
           had
           in
           his
           providence
           long
           purposed
           ,
           is
           fulfilled
           in
           these
           our
           happy
           daies
           .
           And
           that
           by
           no
           meanes
           that
           of
           the
           Poet
           may
           be
           imputed
           to
           us
           ,
           either
           by
           disobedience
           to
           our
           head
           ,
           or
           disagreeing
           among
           our selves
           ,
           
             Human●
             capiti
             varias
             i●ducere
             formas
          
           ▪
           Grammarians
           doe
           observe
           ,
           that
           
             Metallum
             ,
          
           is
           so
           called
           ,
           
             quasi
          
           
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
          
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           
             post
             ,
             &
          
           
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
          
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           
             aliud
             ,
          
           because
           there
           is
           scarcely
           found
           no
           veine
           of
           Mettall
           ,
           where
           is
           not
           more
           of
           that
           sort
           adjoyning
           to
           it
           :
           so
           among
           English
           and
           Scottish
           ,
           they
           are
           not
           to
           bee
           thought
           of
           the
           true
           metalline
           Mine
           ,
           but
           as
           drosse
           ,
           and
           
           canker
           ,
           corrupting
           ,
           and
           consuming
           each
           other
           ,
           which
           joyne
           not
           in
           the
           universall
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           so
           to
           continue
           ,
           and
           dwell
           together
           ,
           to
           grow
           up
           and
           agree
           together
           :
           seeing
           nature
           hath
           made
           them
           all
           of
           one
           kinde
           ,
           forme
           ,
           complexion
           ,
           habit
           ,
           and
           language
           growing
           together
           .
        
         
           And
           verily
           divine
           is
           the
           mistery
           of
           union
           (
           whether
           the
           provident
           wisdome
           of
           nature
           from
           God
           hath
           ingendred
           it
           ,
           or
           the
           skill
           of
           mans
           reason
           hath
           observed
           it
           )
           where
           one
           of
           ,
           and
           in
           it selfe
           ,
           doth
           out
           of
           it selfe
           poure
           forth
           innumerable
           formes
           of
           things
           ;
           as
           Brittaine
           
           doth
           even
           two
           kingdomes
           ,
           and
           the
           principality
           of
           Wales
           ,
           with
           many
           Shires
           ,
           Rivers
           ,
           Islands
           ,
           and
           people
           ,
           and
           yet
           containeth
           them
           all
           within
           it selfe
           :
           one
           having
           many
           ,
           many
           making
           one
           ;
           where
           one
           of
           many
           is
           not
           divided
           against
           it selfe
           ,
           and
           the
           many
           in
           one
           make
           no
           division
           to
           overthrow
           the
           whole
           ;
           but
           all
           are
           the
           same
           ;
           whether
           we
           respect
           union
           ,
           or
           division
           .
        
         
           And
           this
           doubtlesse
           is
           a
           divine
           power
           ,
           or
           celestiall
           vertue
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           our
           purpose
           ,
           but
           compassing
           ,
           and
           passing
           through
           the
           whole
           world
           ,
           making
           things
           either
           simple
           ,
           or
           conjunct
           ,
           
           but
           one
           ;
           subsisting
           ,
           by
           ,
           and
           under
           the
           divine
           essence
           ,
           which
           is
           one
           ;
           and
           consisting
           in
           all
           his
           members
           ,
           and
           parts
           united
           ,
           but
           one
           ;
           where
           each
           ,
           and
           every
           part
           of
           this
           universall
           world
           ,
           respecteth
           the
           whole
           ,
           otherwise
           innumerable
           ,
           but
           brought
           by
           union
           to
           a
           number
           ,
           without
           number
           ,
           even
           beginning
           of
           numbers
           ,
           which
           is
           but
           one
           .
        
         
           And
           this
           is
           most
           agreeing
           to
           the
           conceit
           of
           wisest
           Philosophers
           ,
           skilfull
           in
           natures
           Secret
           :
           teaching
           ,
           all
           (
           whatsoever
           is
           )
           to
           be
           but
           one
           :
           and
           that
           in
           the
           universall
           nature
           of
           things
           there
           is
           an
           agreeing
           amity
           ,
           and
           intermixed
           affinity
           ,
           where
           all
           the
           
           parts
           of
           the
           whole
           world
           accord
           ,
           by
           one
           transfused
           continuate
           spirit
           among
           them
           ,
           being
           compact
           together
           with
           one
           and
           the
           self-same
           agreeing
           force
           ,
           and
           forceable
           agreement
           of
           nature
           ,
           proceeding
           from
           one
           beginning
           ,
           continued
           by
           one
           meane
           ,
           and
           referred
           to
           one
           end
           ;
           every
           particular
           being
           knit
           together
           with
           the
           whole
           universality
           and
           diversity
           of
           things
           ,
           and
           wrapt
           up
           in
           one
           round
           orbe
           together
           ,
           that
           as
           parts
           of
           this
           world
           ,
           they
           may
           dwell
           in
           one
           Center
           ,
           or
           Circle
           together
           .
        
         
           To
           shut
           up
           many
           things
           in
           few
           ,
           and
           to
           shew
           how
           certainly
           all
           things
           are
           contained
           
           in
           one
           ,
           and
           one
           doth
           comprehend
           all
           ,
           verily
           in
           Schooles
           of
           Philosophers
           ,
           it
           is
           an
           infallible
           Maxime
           ,
           that
           all
           things
           are
           communicated
           in
           one
           ;
           
             Vnum
             hoc
             praeque
             omnibus
             unum
             .
          
           This
           one
           is
           all
           in
           all
           .
           
             Ruunt
             autem
             omnia
             ,
             ubi
             unitas
             non
             firmamentum
             ,
             diffluunt
             ,
             ubi
             non
             coagulum
             .
          
           The
           demonstration
           in
           our
           intended
           purpose
           ,
           is
           plaine
           .
           Many
           villages
           make
           one
           Shire
           ,
           many
           Shires
           one
           Kingdome
           ,
           many
           Kingdoms
           one
           Imperiall
           Monarchy
           :
           all
           which
           is
           Britaine
           ,
           and
           Britaine
           all
           these
           ;
           and
           the
           Kings
           Majesty
           possessing
           ,
           and
           governing
           Britaine
           ,
           possesseth
           ,
           and
           governeth
           all
           
           these
           :
           and
           the
           Subject
           ,
           knowing
           Britaine
           ,
           knoweth
           all
           ,
           and
           every
           of
           these
           ;
           for
           all
           these
           are
           one
           ,
           and
           this
           one
           is
           all
           these
           .
           That
           as
           this
           excellent
           workmanship
           of
           Vnion
           sheweth
           it selfe
           in
           the
           mighty
           Masse
           ,
           and
           fabricke
           of
           the
           whole
           world
           ,
           so
           much
           more
           particularly
           ,
           and
           plainly
           doth
           it
           appeare
           in
           a
           modell
           of
           the
           same
           ,
           even
           in
           the
           name
           ,
           and
           honour
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ;
           where
           every
           Subject
           ought
           clearely
           to
           see
           in
           himselfe
           ,
           that
           though
           hee
           be
           termed
           the
           little
           world
           ,
           and
           compact
           of
           infinite
           variety
           ,
           and
           multiplicity
           of
           things
           ,
           yet
           is
           he
           not
           two
           ,
           but
           one
           man
           .
        
         
         
           Here
           let
           the
           neare
           neighbourhood
           ,
           and
           conjunction
           of
           man
           ,
           and
           man
           ,
           in
           mutuall
           society
           ,
           and
           participation
           of
           profits
           ,
           which
           man
           hath
           with
           man
           (
           where
           two
           friends
           are
           but
           one
           ,
           and
           not
           parting
           
             meum
             ,
          
           and
           
             tuum
          
           )
           confesse
           ;
           that
           though
           they
           are
           in
           person
           two
           ,
           yet
           indeed
           doe
           ,
           with
           
             idem
             velle
             ,
          
           and
           
             idem
             nolle
             ,
          
           enjoy
           the
           fruition
           of
           heaven
           ,
           with
           the
           same
           aspect
           ,
           and
           the
           commodities
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           with
           the
           same
           minde
           ;
           where
           all
           things
           are
           common
           to
           both
           ,
           and
           yet
           proper
           to
           each
           one
           .
        
         
           All
           which
           things
           are
           alleadged
           to
           shew
           that
           as
           every
           kingdome
           ,
           and
           State
           of
           the
           
           world
           is
           upheld
           with
           one
           and
           the
           self-same
           power
           and
           life
           ,
           wherewith
           the
           universall
           world
           consisteth
           ;
           So
           now
           it
           concerneth
           all
           ,
           and
           every
           one
           Subject
           ,
           both
           of
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           ,
           to
           participate
           in
           the
           common
           obedience
           ,
           transfused
           into
           all
           ,
           under
           the
           government
           of
           one
           .
        
         
           Where
           sacred
           unity
           is
           guide
           ,
           and
           director
           ,
           there
           ,
           even
           from
           distinct
           nature
           ,
           use
           of
           mutuall
           society
           ,
           and
           good
           of
           weale
           publique
           ,
           many
           are
           knit
           together
           inseparably
           ;
           and
           great
           ,
           and
           infinite
           numbers
           of
           all
           sorts
           of
           people
           ,
           are
           contained
           in
           one
           narrow
           compasse
           of
           neere
           
           conjunction
           ;
           for
           so
           the
           most
           populous
           and
           powerfull
           Kingdomes
           ,
           though
           two
           ,
           or
           moe
           ,
           under
           one
           Soveraigne
           ,
           seeme
           to
           bee
           ,
           but
           as
           one
           whole
           body
           ,
           And
           the
           whole
           body
           of
           Weale
           publique
           in
           subjection
           ,
           and
           obedience
           ,
           but
           as
           one
           man
           :
           
             Sic
             enim
             omnes
             aequo
             jure
             parent
             omnibus
             imperaturo
             .
          
           And
           as
           in
           all
           things
           ,
           so
           specially
           in
           this
           ,
           are
           we
           bound
           to
           render
           all
           praise
           ,
           and
           thanksgiving
           to
           that
           thrice
           sacred
           
             Vnity
             ,
          
           from
           whom
           ,
           as
           from
           the
           first
           author
           ,
           and
           fountaine
           ,
           is
           sowen
           abroad
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           that
           fruitfull
           seed
           of
           constant
           unity
           ;
           whose
           force
           draweth
           many
           of
           one
           houshold
           to
           be
           
           of
           one
           minde
           ,
           and
           is
           ever
           doing
           good
           ,
           in
           its
           owne
           nature
           ,
           keeping
           Israel
           together
           ,
           
             like
             a
             flock
             of
             sheep
             .
          
        
         
           Neither
           is
           it
           an
           hard
           matter
           to
           unite
           ,
           and
           keep
           them
           together
           ,
           who
           live
           under
           the
           same
           climate
           of
           heaven
           ,
           and
           are
           of
           like
           language
           ,
           manners
           ,
           countenance
           ,
           lawes
           ,
           customes
           ,
           forme
           of
           body
           ,
           fashion
           of
           behaviour
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           religion
           :
           
             à
             religando
          
           ·
           Rightly
           called
           the
           chiefest
           band
           of
           hearty
           union
           .
           For
           though
           the
           Island
           Salamis
           be
           controverted
           between
           the
           Athenians
           ,
           and
           Megarenses
           ,
           yet
           must
           it
           be
           adjudged
           to
           the
           Athenians
           ,
           because
           they
           lived
           after
           the
           same
           fashion
           
           and
           lawes
           ;
           as
           now
           the
           skilfull
           in
           the
           lawes
           of
           this
           land
           easily
           acknowledge
           what
           congruity
           and
           affinity
           is
           between
           most
           of
           the
           ancient
           lawes
           of
           both
           our
           Kingdomes
           ,
           more
           then
           is
           to
           be
           found
           between
           those
           of
           any
           other
           two
           nations
           .
           And
           albeit
           the
           Towne
           Sidas
           bee
           controverted
           between
           the
           Athenians
           ,
           and
           Boetians
           ,
           yet
           
             Epaminondas
          
           will
           adjudge
           it
           ,
           to
           the
           Boetians
           and
           not
           to
           the
           Athenians
           ,
           because
           the
           Athenians
           called
           an
           apple
           
             Malum
             punicum
             ,
          
           but
           the
           Boetians
           called
           it
           Sidas
           .
           There
           is
           between
           English
           ,
           and
           Scottish
           small
           ,
           or
           no
           difference
           ,
           nay
           now
           none
           at
           all
           ,
           
           in
           union
           all
           being
           Britaines
           ,
           not
           so
           much
           as
           between
           Gileadites
           and
           Ephraimites
           in
           pronouncing
           Shibboleth
           ,
           for
           Sibboleth
           ,
           but
           all
           are
           of
           one
           language
           ,
           and
           even
           of
           one
           
             Canaan
             language
             ,
          
           only
           a
           little
           River
           Twede
           is
           common
           limit
           ,
           or
           rather
           imaginary
           bound
           to
           both
           :
           and
           all
           from
           Twede
           Southward
           ,
           is
           Britaine
           within
           Twede
           ,
           and
           all
           from
           Twede
           Northward
           ,
           is
           Britaine
           beyond
           Twede
           ,
           yet
           both
           on
           this
           side
           ,
           and
           that
           all
           but
           one
           Britaine
           (
           
             non
             nos
             mare
             separat
             ingens
             ,
             exiqua
             prohibemur
             aqua
          
           )
           as
           all
           France
           hath
           formerly
           been
           divided
           into
           two
           parts
           ,
           the
           one
           beyond
           the
           Alps
           ,
           
           the
           other
           within
           the
           Alps
           :
           and
           all
           India
           Westward
           within
           the
           River
           Gange
           ,
           and
           Eastward
           beyond
           Gange
           .
           And
           all
           Scithia
           within
           Imaus
           ,
           and
           without
           Imaus
           .
           And
           though
           the
           Island
           hath
           beene
           long
           time
           divided
           into
           two
           Kingdomes
           ,
           yet
           England
           it selfe
           hath
           oft
           times
           of
           divers
           been
           called
           Britaine
           ,
           as
           by
           a
           Sirname
           :
           and
           if
           
             pars
             pro
             toto
             ,
          
           might
           have
           that
           denomination
           ,
           much
           more
           ought
           the
           whole
           ,
           being
           now
           made
           one
           .
           Therefore
           
             Linacre
          
           and
           
             Grocinus
          
           of
           the
           one
           part
           called
           themselves
           Britaines
           ,
           and
           
             Iohannes
             Major
          
           of
           the
           other
           ,
           affirmed
           that
           the
           Kings
           of
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           
           wanted
           good
           Councell
           to
           advise
           them
           to
           marry
           together
           ,
           so
           to
           make
           of
           both
           one
           kingdome
           of
           Britaine
           :
           and
           that
           only
           envious
           men
           ,
           and
           they
           who
           neglected
           the
           Weale
           publique
           ,
           did
           hinder
           this
           union
           of
           peace
           .
           Which
           thing
           King
           
             Henry
          
           the
           seventh
           ,
           and
           King
           
             Henry
          
           the
           eigth
           ,
           wisely
           foresaw
           ,
           seeking
           by
           marriage
           to
           unite
           both
           kingdomes
           into
           one
           .
           
             Discordantis
             saepe
             patriae
             non
             aliud
             est
             remedium
             ,
             quam
             si
             ab
             uno
             regeretur
             .
          
        
         
           Therefore
           the
           wise
           men
           have
           most
           religiously
           observed
           two
           beginnings
           of
           things
           ;
           one
           of
           evill
           ,
           divisible
           ,
           imperfect
           ,
           manifold
           ,
           
           called
           
             duallity
             ,
          
           or
           
             Binarius
             numerus
             .
          
           Another
           of
           good
           ,
           indivisible
           ,
           perfect
           ,
           and
           in
           name
           and
           nature
           ,
           alwaies
           one
           ,
           called
           
             unitas
             .
          
           If
           
             Duallity
             ,
          
           or
           
             Binarius
             ,
          
           as
           cause
           efficient
           beare
           sway
           ,
           then
           in
           the
           aire
           breed
           intemperature
           ;
           if
           in
           Cities
           ,
           Families
           ,
           or
           Kingdomes
           ,
           wars
           ,
           and
           discord
           ;
           if
           in
           the
           body
           diseases
           ;
           if
           in
           the
           minde
           of
           men
           ,
           vice
           ,
           and
           wickednesse
           .
           But
           where
           
             union
          
           possesseth
           chiefe
           place
           ,
           her
           fruits
           are
           ,
           to
           the
           aire
           wholsome
           temper
           ;
           to
           Cities
           ,
           Families
           ,
           and
           Kingdomes
           ,
           mutuall
           love
           ,
           and
           joy
           ;
           to
           the
           body
           health
           and
           strength
           ;
           and
           to
           the
           mind
           ,
           vertue
           ,
           &
           godlines
           .
           
           For
           unity
           admitteth
           no
           duality
           ,
           knoweth
           no
           contrariety
           ,
           and
           by
           consequence
           no●
           infirmity
           .
           But
           
             Duallity
          
           seduced
           
             Adam
          
           in
           disobedience
           ,
           seeking
           to
           know
           ,
           as
           well
           evill
           ,
           as
           good
           ;
           who
           before
           ,
           was
           sole
           Monarch
           of
           the
           whole
           earth
           ,
           and
           was
           wholly
           good
           ,
           and
           perfect
           ,
           both
           in
           Body
           ,
           and
           Soule
           ,
           untill
           he
           drew
           with
           a
           double
           twisted
           cord
           of
           contrarieties
           unto
           his
           body
           ,
           in
           stead
           of
           health
           ,
           sicknesse
           ,
           and
           infirmities
           ;
           and
           unto
           his
           soul
           ,
           in
           stead
           of
           Righteousnesse
           ,
           sin
           ,
           and
           misery
           ;
           needing
           now
           to
           strengthen
           his
           body
           ,
           bread
           ;
           and
           to
           repaire
           his
           soule
           ,
           grace
           ;
           even
           for
           body
           ,
           
           and
           soule
           Gods
           mercy
           .
           For
           so
           he
           turned
           the
           Monarchy
           of
           perfect
           good
           ,
           into
           a
           Monomachy
           ,
           or
           duellum
           of
           good
           ,
           and
           evill
           ,
           sinne
           ,
           and
           righteousnesse
           ,
           peace
           ,
           and
           war
           ,
           joy
           ,
           and
           sorrow
           ,
           sicknesse
           ,
           and
           health
           ,
           yea
           life
           ,
           and
           death
           .
           And
           now
           when
           the
           sole
           Monarch
           of
           the
           whole
           earth
           ,
           left
           off
           to
           abide
           in
           the
           common
           obedience
           ,
           and
           universall
           union
           of
           all
           things
           to
           his
           Creator
           (
           albeit
           all
           the
           creatures
           were
           before
           in
           voluntary
           subjection
           ,
           united
           also
           to
           their
           sole
           Monarch
           
             Adam
          
           on
           earth
           )
           yet
           now
           every
           creature
           lifteth
           up
           himselfe
           against
           his
           sole
           earthly
           Soveraigne
           ,
           and
           
           against
           his
           Succession
           for
           ever
           .
           The
           earth
           will
           not
           yeeld
           
             Adam
          
           bread
           ,
           but
           by
           the
           sweat
           of
           his
           browes
           ;
           the
           beasts
           become
           wilde
           ,
           and
           cruell
           ;
           yea
           the
           earth
           openeth
           her
           mouth
           against
           the
           succession
           of
           disobedient
           
             Adam
             ,
          
           and
           swalloweth
           up
           
             Corah
             ,
             Dathan
             ,
          
           and
           
             Abiram
          
           ;
           the
           waters
           drowne
           the
           whole
           world
           ,
           except
           eight
           persons
           ;
           the
           poore
           flie
           can
           ,
           and
           doth
           sometimes
           choake
           a
           man
           ,
           having
           before
           neither
           power
           ,
           nor
           will
           to
           doe
           it
           ;
           Lice
           can
           devoure
           and
           eate
           up
           
             Herod
          
           ;
           even
           the
           vilest
           ,
           and
           weakest
           creatures
           ,
           can
           ,
           and
           often
           do
           destroy
           the
           greatest
           Tyrants
           of
           the
           earth
           .
        
         
         
           And
           in
           the
           opinion
           of
           some
           ,
           the
           holy
           Ghost
           seemeth
           in
           mystery
           to
           open
           this
           matter
           to
           a
           man
           of
           understanding
           ,
           forbearing
           in
           the
           second
           daies
           worke
           ,
           to
           say
           ,
           
             all
             was
             good
          
           ;
           as
           is
           plainely
           said
           of
           all
           the
           other
           five
           daies
           ,
           
             and
             he
             saw
             all
             things
             good
          
           ;
           not
           but
           that
           the
           worke
           of
           this
           day
           ,
           was
           also
           good
           ,
           (
           for
           all
           his
           works
           ,
           are
           ,
           and
           were
           exceeding
           good
           )
           but
           because
           of
           
             waters
             ,
          
           which
           in
           many
           places
           of
           the
           Scripture
           signifie
           troubles
           ,
           yea
           intollerable
           afflictions
           ,
           and
           because
           of
           division
           of
           waters
           in
           that
           daies
           worke
           (
           
             God
             being
             a
             God
             ,
             not
             of
             division
             ,
             but
             of
             peace
          
           )
           
           therefore
           the
           holy
           Ghost
           seemeth
           to
           forbeare
           to
           say
           in
           that
           place
           ,
           
             And
             it
             was
             good
          
           ▪
           And
           yet
           would
           not
           these
           bee
           mistaken
           in
           their
           curiosity
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           included
           the
           division
           of
           waters
           in
           that
           dayes
           worke
           ,
           not
           to
           be
           good
           ,
           (
           seeing
           that
           waters
           in
           the
           clouds
           divided
           from
           the
           Seas
           ,
           are
           upholden
           by
           Gods
           providence
           ,
           not
           to
           poure
           downe
           and
           overwhelme
           the
           earth
           )
           for
           they
           approve
           divisions
           of
           constructions
           to
           be
           good
           ,
           as
           the
           dividing
           the
           light
           from
           darknesse
           ,
           the
           day
           from
           night
           ,
           and
           of
           whatsoever
           into
           parts
           ,
           for
           ornament
           ,
           and
           beauty
           of
           the
           forme
           divided
           ;
           but
           utterly
           condemne
           divisions
           
           of
           destructions
           ,
           or
           of
           distractions
           ,
           which
           is
           ,
           
             frangere
             non
             dividere
             ,
             comminuere
             non
             distinguere
             ,
          
           to
           part
           the
           body
           from
           the
           head
           ,
           or
           the
           members
           from
           the
           body
           ,
           to
           bring
           order
           to
           confusion
           ,
           unity
           to
           distraction
           ,
           forme
           to
           a
           Chaos
           ,
           and
           
             e●s
          
           to
           privation
           ,
           such
           division
           was
           that
           ,
           whereof
           
             Caselius
          
           answered
           the
           Merchant
           :
           
             Navem
             si
             dividis
             ,
             nec
             tu
             ,
             nec
             socius
             habebit
          
           and
           such
           division
           the
           unnaturall
           harlot
           entended
           ;
           requiring
           the
           living
           childe
           to
           be
           cut
           into
           two
           parts
           ,
           (
           1
           
             Kings
          
           3.
           )
           
             Let
             it
             be
             neither
             mine
             nor
             thine
             ,
             but
             divide
             it
             .
          
        
         
           Where
           two
           ,
           or
           three
           are
           
           made
           one
           ,
           there
           is
           the
           image
           of
           God
           ,
           of
           truth
           ,
           of
           peace
           ,
           of
           fortitude
           ,
           of
           praise
           ,
           and
           of
           perfection
           :
           but
           where
           one
           is
           drawne
           ,
           divided
           ,
           and
           torne
           asunder
           ,
           there
           breaketh
           forth
           falshood
           ,
           warre
           ,
           feare
           ,
           dishonour
           ,
           and
           confusion
           .
           They
           which
           are
           of
           God
           ,
           embrace
           the
           one
           ,
           and
           they
           which
           are
           of
           the
           devill
           ,
           the
           other
           .
           For
           God
           both
           in
           the
           Center
           ,
           and
           Circumference
           of
           truth
           ,
           is
           in
           simplicity
           ,
           and
           perfection
           ,
           one
           ▪
           but
           the
           devill
           ,
           neither
           dwelling
           in
           this
           Center
           ,
           nor
           sitting
           in
           this
           Circle
           ,
           is
           carried
           in
           duallity
           ,
           nay
           contrari●ety
           of
           numbers
           ,
           opposing
           evill
           against
           good
           ,
           whose
           
           Center
           being
           falshood
           ,
           the
           circumference
           cannot
           bee
           truth
           :
           his
           is
           a
           kingdome
           divided
           ,
           and
           must
           fall
           ,
           being
           not
           a
           Monarchy
           it
           cannot
           stand
           .
           And
           yet
           we
           reject
           not
           the
           number
           of
           two
           ,
           so
           they
           continue
           ,
           and
           persist
           in
           union
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           written
           ;
           
             they
             shall
             be
             two
             in
             one
             flesh
             :
          
           but
           reprobate
           is
           that
           duallity
           ,
           that
           maketh
           war
           in
           peace
           ,
           begetting
           ,
           and
           ingendring
           division
           ,
           and
           contrariety
           ,
           controversie
           ,
           and
           confusion
           :
           and
           either
           of
           ambition
           ,
           senslesness
           ,
           hatred
           ,
           quarrell
           ,
           open
           discord
           ,
           or
           rebellion
           ,
           hindreth
           that
           sweet
           Harmony
           of
           union
           ,
           most
           pleasing
           to
           God
           ,
           &
           most
           profitable
           for
           men
           ,
           of
           whom
           
           saith
           
             Tacitus
             ,
             In
             publicum
             exitiosi
             ,
             nihil
             spei
             ,
             nisi
             per
             discordias
             habent
             ,
             tamen
             libertas
             ,
             &
             praeciosa
             nomina
             praetexuntur
             .
          
        
         
           But
           doe
           we
           not
           see
           by
           this
           unfolding
           of
           things
           ,
           how
           the
           perpetuall
           course
           of
           truth
           ,
           and
           unity
           ,
           throughout
           all
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           doth
           even
           now
           conduct
           ,
           and
           lead
           me
           ,
           by
           the
           hand
           ,
           to
           the
           matter
           now
           in
           hand
           ?
           And
           verily
           I
           will
           follow
           thee
           (
           
             sacred
             union
          
           )
           whither
           soever
           thou
           leadest
           me
           ,
           and
           into
           ,
           whatsoever
           Region
           of
           vertue
           thou
           intendest
           ;
           I
           will
           not
           leave
           thee
           ,
           being
           never
           unlike
           thy selfe
           ,
           alwaies
           well
           accompanied
           ,
           adorned
           ,
           and
           beautified
           with
           diversity
           of
           things
           ,
           
           and
           never
           alone
           ,
           and
           yet
           still
           but
           one
           .
           It
           is
           thy
           doing
           ,
           that
           Prudence
           ,
           the
           chiefe
           head
           and
           governour
           of
           vertues
           ,
           the
           rule
           and
           direction
           of
           all
           well
           doings
           ,
           and
           prescribing
           to
           every
           vertuous
           action
           ,
           the
           manner
           ,
           order
           ,
           and
           course
           ,
           of
           doing
           well
           ,
           doth
           so
           knit
           ,
           and
           joyne
           together
           all
           morall
           vertues
           ,
           as
           that
           by
           thy
           secret
           influence
           they
           all
           may
           be
           found
           joyntly
           in
           all
           wise
           Subjects
           ,
           and
           in
           every
           one
           particularly
           with
           one
           heart
           to
           performe
           that
           duty
           ,
           which
           both
           yeeldeth
           right
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           maintaineth
           peace
           ,
           and
           love
           among
           men
           .
           
             Siquidem
             communis
             vitae
             societas
             ,
             in
             unione
             consistit
             .
          
        
         
         
           And
           seeing
           it
           hath
           pleased
           his
           Majesty
           King
           
             Iames
             ,
          
           by
           publique
           Proclamation
           to
           assume
           the
           name
           and
           stile
           of
           King
           of
           Great
           Britaine
           ,
           
             jure
             haereditario
             ,
          
           it
           is
           meet
           that
           all
           loving
           Subjects
           not
           only
           acknowledge
           the
           clearenesse
           of
           his
           right
           ,
           but
           joyfully
           applaud
           ,
           and
           chearfully
           follow
           him
           herein
           ,
           now
           in
           our
           gracious
           K.
           
             Charles
          
           his
           reign
           ;
           lest
           murmuring
           ,
           they
           ,
           like
           evill
           ,
           and
           base
           minded
           souldiers
           ,
           follow
           their
           Emperour
           with
           an
           evill
           will
           ,
           according
           to
           that
           saying
           ,
           
             Malus
             miles
             imperatorem
             sequitur
             gemens
             .
          
           We
           see
           some
           noble
           men
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           the
           gentlemen
           in
           our
           State
           daily
           to
           purchase
           ,
           
           and
           unite
           Land
           to
           Land
           ,
           and
           Lordship
           upon
           Lordship
           ,
           and
           to
           seek
           by
           all
           meanes
           to
           shake
           off
           the
           Tenure
           
             in
             Capite
             ,
          
           and
           to
           hold
           all
           their
           Lands
           in
           some
           other
           more
           free
           Tenure
           .
           And
           it
           cannot
           be
           denyed
           ,
           that
           to
           all
           their
           severall
           Courts
           ,
           all
           Tenants
           and
           freeholders
           willingly
           performe
           their
           severall
           services
           ;
           or
           else
           are
           fined
           by
           the
           Lord
           of
           the
           Mannor
           ,
           or
           by
           his
           Steward
           .
           And
           may
           the
           inferiour
           Lord
           expect
           more
           homage
           ,
           from
           a
           Tenant
           ,
           then
           a
           King
           require
           ,
           both
           of
           Lords
           ,
           and
           Tenants
           ,
           all
           Subjects
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           holding
           all
           they
           have
           ,
           from
           ,
           by
           ,
           and
           under
           him
           ?
           
           
             Pacis
             interest
             omnem
             potestatem
             ad
             unum
             referri
             .
          
           But
           all
           gain-sayers
           and
           murmurers
           ,
           
             qui
             contumaciam
             potius
             cum
             pernicie
             ,
             quam
             ●bsequium
             cum
             securitate
             malunt
             ,
          
           are
           not
           unlike
           
             Mesech
             ,
          
           and
           
             Kedar
             ,
          
           spoken
           of
           in
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           in
           respect
           of
           whom
           the
           good
           King
           complained
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           himselfe
           ,
           saying
           :
           
             Woe
             that
             I
             dwell
             with
             Mesech
             and
             Kedar
             :
          
           I
           labour
           
             for
             peace
             ,
             and
             they
             prepare
             them
             to
             battell
             ,
          
           I
           study
           union
           ,
           and
           they
           strive
           to
           make
           division
           .
           
             Non
             placeo
             concordiae
             author
             ,
          
           said
           that
           good
           
             Valerius
             .
          
           But
           alas
           ,
           why
           should
           
             Ephraim
             beare
             evill
             will
             to
             Iuda
             ,
             or
             Iuda
             vexe
             Ephraim
             ,
             fratres
             enim
             
             sumus
             :
          
           should
           not
           they
           rather
           both
           together
           united
           now
           into
           the
           name
           of
           Britaines
           ,
           as
           into
           the
           name
           of
           the
           beloved
           Israel
           of
           God
           ,
           (
           Esay
           11.
           )
           
             Flee
             upon
             the
             shoulders
             of
             the
             Philistines
             ,
          
           and
           make
           spoile
           of
           their
           enemies
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           Idumites
           ,
           Moabites
           ,
           and
           Ammonites
           ,
           even
           all
           their
           enemies
           might
           be
           subdued
           unto
           them
           :
           
             Duo
             enim
             sunt
             ,
             quibus
             omnis
             respub
             :
             servatur
             ,
             in
             hostes
             fortitudo
             &
             domi
             concordia
             .
          
           And
           verily
           the
           uniting
           the
           two
           Kingdomes
           into
           the
           name
           of
           Britaine
           ,
           is
           not
           unlike
           (
           
             Esay
          
           21
           )
           
             that
             chariot
             ,
             drawne
             with
             two
             horsemen
             ,
          
           mentioned
           in
           
             Esay
          
           ;
           at
           sight
           whereof
           ,
           the
           watchman
           
           cryed
           ,
           
             Babilon
             is
             fallen
             ,
             Babilon
             is
             fallen
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             images
             of
             her
             Gods
             are
             smitten
             downe
             to
             the
             ground
             .
          
           For
           so
           (
           except
           we
           will
           smother
           the
           childe
           of
           
             Vnion
          
           in
           his
           first
           birth
           ,
           )
           both
           English
           ,
           and
           Scottish
           ,
           will
           soone
           heare
           him
           sound
           aloude
           into
           the
           whole
           world
           ,
           that
           all
           great
           Britaine
           is
           like
           Ierusalem
           ,
           which
           is
           ,
           
             as
             a
             City
             ,
             at
             unity
             within
             it selfe
          
           ;
           and
           Babilon
           ,
           even
           division
           ,
           disorder
           ,
           discord
           ,
           and
           confusion
           are
           confounded
           ,
           and
           overthrowne
           ;
           and
           what
           King
           
             Egbert
          
           did
           write
           in
           Sand
           ,
           King
           
             Iames
          
           of
           blessed
           memory
           ,
           and
           our
           gracious
           King
           
             Charles
          
           hath
           blotted
           out
           ,
           and
           troden
           under
           
           foot
           all
           the
           dishonour
           thereof
           ,
           and
           engraven
           ,
           as
           in
           a
           marble
           Stone
           ,
           the
           perpetuall
           honour
           of
           great
           Britaine
           by
           Royall
           restitution
           ?
           This
           verily
           commeth
           of
           the
           
             Lord
             of
             hosts
             ,
             which
             worketh
             with
             wonderfull
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             bringeth
             excellent
             things
             to
             passe
             .
          
        
         
           
             Alexander
          
           asked
           King
           
             Porus
          
           his
           captive
           ,
           how
           hee
           would
           be
           entertained
           ;
           and
           
             Porus
          
           answered
           ,
           like
           a
           King
           ;
           
             Alexander
          
           demandeth
           againe
           ;
           
             Porus
          
           answereth
           againe
           ,
           in
           
             Kingly
          
           manner
           .
           
             Alexander
          
           asketh
           what
           else
           ,
           
             Porus
          
           answereth
           nothing
           else
           for
           in
           this
           
             kingly
             maner
             ,
          
           
           every
           thing
           else
           ,
           is
           contained
           .
           And
           though
           (
           God
           be
           praised
           for
           it
           )
           the
           cause
           be
           not
           between
           English
           ,
           and
           Scottish
           in
           Conquest
           ,
           and
           captivity
           ,
           as
           between
           
             Alexander
             ,
          
           and
           
             Porus
             ,
          
           (
           but
           two
           famous
           Kingdomes
           in
           right
           of
           blood
           ,
           under
           one
           mighty
           Monarch
           )
           yet
           our
           great
           
             Alexander
          
           in
           his
           high
           wisdome
           considering
           how
           these
           two
           might
           best
           be
           governed
           ,
           hath
           in
           his
           owne
           royall
           heart
           best
           resolved
           it
           ,
           namely
           by
           uniting
           them
           into
           one
           Monarchy
           ,
           into
           one
           government
           ,
           and
           into
           one
           name
           ;
           and
           if
           any
           demand
           ,
           how
           else
           ,
           verily
           he
           must
           be
           answered
           no
           way
           else
           ,
           for
           in
           this
           union
           
           whatsoever
           else
           is
           contained
           ,
           
             Nam
             in
             istoc
             sunt
             omnia
          
           even
           ,
           the
           Stoickes
           ,
           (
           who
           I
           think
           neither
           were
           in
           jest
           ,
           nor
           arrogantly
           conceited
           )
           contained
           under
           Prudence
           ,
           both
           justice
           ,
           and
           fortitude
           ,
           and
           temperance
           ,
           and
           whatsoever
           vertue
           else
           ,
           accounting
           also
           him
           who
           was
           perfectly
           wise
           ,
           an
           Orator
           ,
           a
           Poet
           ,
           a
           Rich
           man
           ,
           a
           very
           King
           ,
           and
           an
           Emperour
           .
        
         
           All
           blessings
           ,
           and
           graces
           ,
           may
           be
           thought
           attendants
           ,
           and
           companions
           to
           union
           ,
           who
           alone
           knoweth
           how
           to
           order
           all
           things
           in
           government
           :
           and
           is
           a
           princely
           commander
           of
           Subjects
           obedience
           ,
           and
           subduer
           of
           gain-sayers
           ,
           
           ordering
           unruly
           affections
           ,
           bridling
           untamed
           lusts
           ,
           restraining
           swelling
           pride
           ,
           composing
           rebellious
           appetites
           ,
           determining
           all
           doubts
           ,
           and
           rights
           ,
           within
           the
           compasse
           of
           her
           judgement
           ,
           and
           yet
           giving
           to
           every
           one
           his
           due
           ,
           by
           her
           discretion
           :
           And
           therefore
           is
           like
           the
           Sun
           in
           the
           middest
           of
           heaven
           ,
           among
           the
           Stars
           ;
           and
           as
           the
           Stars
           take
           light
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           so
           also
           blessings
           of
           Weale
           publique
           proceed
           from
           this
           sacred
           ,
           and
           thrice
           happy
           union
           into
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           whose
           glorious
           light
           shineth
           to
           all
           ,
           and
           every
           one
           hath
           comfort
           thereby
           .
           It
           is
           also
           not
           unlike
           
           the
           Soul
           in
           the
           Body
           of
           man
           ;
           for
           in
           the
           whole
           common
           Weale
           ,
           it
           is
           wholly
           ,
           and
           in
           every
           part
           thereof
           ,
           whether
           it
           be
           of
           English
           ,
           or
           Scottish
           intire
           .
           
             Tota
             in
             toto
             ,
             &
             tota
             in
             qualibet
             parte
             .
          
           As
           a
           shining
           light
           ,
           it
           sheweth
           a
           way
           for
           common
           good
           ,
           and
           as
           a
           reasonable
           soule
           ,
           giveth
           understanding
           to
           the
           blindest
           body
           ,
           to
           see
           the
           full
           fruition
           of
           all
           worldly
           happinesse
           :
           let
           no
           man
           shut
           his
           eyes
           against
           the
           Sunne
           ,
           nor
           refuse
           a
           living
           Soule
           for
           his
           Carcasse
           .
        
         
           If
           I
           could
           express
           the
           image
           of
           this
           union
           in
           lively
           colors
           ,
           I
           would
           surely
           make
           her
           a
           goddess
           ,
           faire
           &
           beautifull
           ,
           
           having
           a
           garland
           ,
           and
           crown
           of
           all
           blessings
           upon
           her
           head
           ,
           and
           sitting
           in
           a
           Chaire
           of
           State
           ,
           with
           all
           good
           fortunes
           ,
           vertues
           and
           graces
           attending
           her
           ,
           and
           as
           a
           goddesse
           in
           triumphant
           chariot
           going
           into
           the
           capitol
           ,
           or
           temple
           of
           mighty
           
             Iupiter
             :
          
           where
           also
           the
           Poets
           have
           found
           her
           ,
           but
           called
           by
           another
           name
           ,
           even
           
             Pallas
             ,
          
           who
           is
           also
           named
           
             Monas
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           Vnity
           :
           because
           having
           one
           only
           parent
           ,
           she
           resideth
           in
           
             Iupiters
          
           braine
           ,
           even
           in
           the
           chiefe
           seat
           of
           his
           wisdome
           ;
           where
           all
           the
           Muses
           are
           her
           companions
           ,
           so
           called
           
             Musae
             ,
             quasi
          
           
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
          
           ,
           that
           is
           altogether
           in
           one
           ;
           where
           
           all
           the
           Graces
           goe
           hand
           in
           hand
           ,
           congratulating
           to
           Vnion
           their
           mutuall
           society
           ;
           where
           all
           vertue
           ,
           and
           knowledge
           are
           neare
           of
           affinity
           ,
           but
           Iustice
           ,
           and
           government
           of
           consanguinity
           to
           her
           ,
           her selfe
           still
           holding
           primacy
           over
           all
           ;
           as
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           ,
           are
           chearefully
           looking
           one
           towards
           the
           other
           in
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           and
           as
           the
           two
           Cherubins
           did
           looke
           one
           towards
           ,
           the
           other
           ,
           in
           one
           propitiatory
           .
           And
           thy
           royall
           state
           O
           great
           Britaine
           is
           as
           
             the
             anointed
             Cherub
             .
          
           Ezek.
           28.
           
        
         
           And
           as
           in
           the
           heart
           of
           man
           is
           placed
           fortitude
           ,
           in
           his
           liver
           temperance
           ,
           and
           in
           
           his
           minde
           Iustice
           ,
           and
           yet
           all
           these
           ,
           with
           all
           other
           vertues
           are
           annexed
           to
           Prudence
           ,
           the
           common
           ligament
           of
           all
           ;
           so
           is
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           by
           uniting
           all
           his
           kingdomes
           ,
           principalities
           ,
           countries
           ,
           and
           honours
           the
           compleat
           proportioned
           forme
           of
           all
           ,
           and
           all
           in
           it
           both
           universally
           and
           particularly
           ,
           are
           fashioned
           and
           made
           fit
           on
           every
           side
           for
           happy
           conjunction
           and
           mutuall
           correspondence
           .
           For
           this
           renowned
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           standeth
           in
           stead
           of
           a
           Loadstone
           drawing
           all
           into
           one
           ,
           chaining
           them
           together
           with
           links
           of
           love
           ;
           as
           
             Lisippus
          
           made
           an
           image
           of
           foure
           mettals
           mixed
           together
           ,
           
           gold
           ,
           silver
           ,
           brasse
           ,
           and
           iron
           ;
           expressing
           hereby
           absolute
           perfection
           of
           vertue
           ,
           putting
           in
           gold
           ,
           to
           signifie
           Prudence
           ;
           silver
           ,
           Iustice
           ;
           brasse
           ,
           Fortitude
           ;
           and
           iron
           ,
           Temperance
           :
           whereof
           they
           are
           altogether
           ignorant
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           had
           never
           seene
           vertue
           ,
           so
           much
           as
           painted
           ,
           who
           ,
           to
           overthrow
           union
           in
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britain
           ,
           bring
           no
           union
           of
           vertues
           ,
           even
           excellencies
           of
           many
           Countries
           ,
           to
           this
           so
           excellent
           worke
           .
           But
           skilfull
           
             Zeuxes
          
           going
           about
           to
           depaint
           an
           absolute
           worke
           of
           a
           perfect
           virgin
           ,
           took
           not
           only
           view
           of
           one
           womans
           beauty
           ,
           but
           had
           variety
           of
           many
           the
           fairest
           ,
           
           to
           accomplish
           out
           of
           all
           these
           a
           more
           excellent
           ,
           and
           consummate
           forme
           of
           body
           .
        
         
           Shall
           we
           not
           thinke
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           France
           ,
           containing
           Pickardy
           ,
           Normandy
           ,
           the
           Isle
           of
           France
           ,
           Champaigne
           ,
           Averne
           ,
           Dalpheny
           ,
           Bry
           ,
           Bloys
           ,
           Turin
           ,
           the
           Dutchy
           of
           An●ow
           ,
           Xanto●n
           ,
           Burgundy
           ,
           and
           uniting
           ●o
           it
           little
           Britaine
           ,
           to
           be
           more
           glorious
           in
           all
           these
           ,
           being
           made
           one
           ,
           then
           if
           but
           one
           only
           of
           all
           these
           were
           that
           Kingdome
           ?
           Doe
           we
           not
           see
           that
           the
           enlarging
           of
           the
           dominions
           of
           Spaine
           ,
           in
           uniting
           ,
           and
           establishing
           divers
           kingdomes
           ,
           and
           territories
           ,
           as
           those
           of
           Aragons
           ,
           Castile
           ,
           
           and
           that
           of
           Portugal
           with
           others
           ,
           hath
           so
           enlarged
           that
           Kingdome
           ,
           as
           that
           the
           like
           hath
           not
           befallen
           other
           Christian
           Potentates
           ?
           Hath
           not
           the
           King
           of
           Denmarke
           ,
           beside
           the
           Cimbrian
           Chersonese
           (
           where
           Holsatia
           ,
           Theutomartia
           ,
           the
           Dukedome
           of
           Sletia
           ,
           Flensburgh
           ,
           Friesland
           ,
           and
           Iuthland
           doe
           lie
           )
           other
           spacious
           Islands
           ,
           fifteen
           in
           number
           ,
           all
           comprehended
           under
           the
           name
           Denmarke
           ,
           and
           united
           to
           that
           Crowne
           ?
           Did
           not
           
             Iagello
             ,
          
           taking
           to
           wife
           in
           the
           yeare
           ,
           1380.
           the
           Princesse
           
             Hedingee
          
           the
           last
           of
           the
           blood
           Royall
           of
           Polonia
           ,
           after
           he
           was
           enstalled
           King
           there
           ,
           
           unite
           all
           his
           owne
           principalities
           of
           Lithuania
           ,
           and
           Samotgathia
           Provinces
           of
           Russia
           ,
           to
           the
           Kingdome
           and
           Crowne
           of
           Poland
           ?
           Did
           not
           
             Ahasuerus
             (
             Esther
          
           1.
           )
           raigne
           from
           India
           to
           Ethiopia
           ,
           over
           an
           hundred
           twenty
           and
           seven
           divers
           Provinces
           ?
           And
           was
           not
           he
           so
           mighty
           (
           by
           reason
           of
           this
           variety
           ,
           subjected
           ,
           and
           united
           to
           his
           sole
           government
           )
           that
           he
           was
           ,
           an
           hundreth
           and
           fourescore
           daies
           shewing
           the
           riches
           and
           glory
           of
           his
           Greatnesse
           ,
           to
           all
           his
           Princes
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           mighty
           men
           of
           Persia
           ,
           and
           Media
           ?
           But
           to
           take
           example
           of
           one
           only
           Rome
           for
           all
           .
           How
           hath
           it
           been
           renowned
           
           through
           the
           whole
           world
           ,
           by
           joyning
           all
           Nations
           of
           the
           world
           into
           one
           ,
           even
           to
           it selfe
           ?
           Herehence
           it
           was
           called
           
             Terrarum
             dea
             gentiumque
             Roma
             ,
             communis
             patria
             ,
             mund●
             compendium
             .
          
        
         
           As
           
             Propertius
             .
          
        
         
           
             Omnia
             Romanae
             cedant
             miracula
             terrae
             ,
          
           
             Natura
             hic
             posuit
             quicquid
             in
             orbe
             fuit
             .
          
        
         
           But
           the
           Majesty
           of
           this
           Empire
           grew
           so
           great
           by
           adjoyning
           other
           nations
           ,
           and
           bringing
           them
           all
           into
           one
           :
           
             
               Haec
               est
               ,
               in
               gremium
               quae
               victos
               sola
               recepit
               ,
            
             
               Humanumque
               genus
               communi
               nomine
               fovit
            
             
             
               Matris
               non
               dominae
               ritu
               ,
               civesque
               ●ocavit
               .
            
             
               Quo●
               domini
               ,
               nexuque
               pr●
               longinqua
               revinxit
               .
            
          
        
         
           And
           againe
           ,
           
             
               Fecisti
               patri
               em
               diversis
               gentibus
               unam
               ,
            
             
               Dumque
               offers
               victis
               proprii
               consortia
               juris
               ,
            
             
               Vrbem
               fecisti
               quod
               prius
               orbis
               erat
               .
            
          
        
         
           And
           so
           may
           we
           say
           of
           this
           renowned
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           comprehending
           us
           all
           of
           divers
           nations
           in
           one
           ,
           under
           our
           gracious
           King
           .
        
         
           
             Hujus
             pacificis
             debemus
             moribus
             omnes
             ,
          
           
             Quod
             cunctigens
             una
             sumus
             .
          
        
         
         
           I
           could
           set
           forth
           ,
           and
           confirme
           by
           sundry
           examples
           ,
           this
           uniting
           of
           many
           into
           one
           ,
           and
           thereby
           shew
           ,
           that
           the
           enlarging
           of
           dominion
           consisteth
           in
           uniting
           all
           together
           into
           one
           name
           ,
           and
           establishing
           divers
           Territories
           under
           one
           Soveraignty
           ,
           and
           government
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           greater
           States
           ,
           and
           Imperiall
           powers
           of
           larger
           extent
           and
           far
           spreading
           domination
           are
           the
           more
           durable
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           Monarchy
           of
           great
           Britaine
           is
           like
           to
           bee
           hereafter
           of
           more
           durance
           ,
           strength
           ,
           and
           honor
           as
           partly
           (
           comming
           under
           our
           Kings
           government
           without
           conquest
           or
           constraint
           :
           
           
             Nam
             errat
             longe
             mea
             qui
             dem
             sententia
             ,
             qui
             credat
             imperium
             stabilius
             aut
             firmius
             quod
             vi●
             adjungitur
             quam
             quod
             facilitate
             &
             clementia
          
           )
           so
           now
           especially
           it
           being
           united
           in
           the
           whole
           ,
           then
           heretofore
           divided
           in
           parts
           ;
           his
           contexture
           being
           of
           a
           greater
           frame
           than
           before
           ,
           holding
           by
           more
           then
           one
           naile
           ,
           an●
           upholding
           its
           owne
           greatnesse
           :
           even
           as
           great
           build●ings
           endure
           and
           subsist
           by
           their
           owne
           weight
           ,
           as
           the
           Poet
           speaketh
           ,
           
             Pondere
             t●
             suo
             est
             .
          
           But
           I
           thinke
           it
           here
           as
           needfull
           to
           lay
           open
           the
           great
           fault
           ,
           imputed
           to
           
             Con●stantine
             ,
          
           dividing
           the
           Em●pire
           among
           his
           Children
           
           whereby
           of
           one
           Empire
           ,
           he
           made
           three
           ,
           and
           withall
           a
           memorable
           diminution
           of
           of
           his
           authority
           ,
           and
           forces
           :
           which
           part
           
             Brutus
          
           also
           played
           ,
           dividing
           this
           whole
           Empire
           of
           great
           Britain
           among
           his
           three
           Sons
           :
           of
           which
           ,
           though
           two
           parts
           afterward
           ,
           namely
           England
           ,
           &
           Wales
           ,
           were
           againe
           in
           good
           time
           united
           :
           yet
           Scotland
           stood
           till
           now
           ,
           divided
           from
           the
           rest
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           from
           it
           ,
           till
           God
           in
           speciall
           goodnesse
           restored
           to
           former
           name
           ,
           and
           government
           ,
           all
           into
           one
           againe
           :
           for
           which
           Kings
           
             Iames
          
           may
           challenge
           more
           glory
           by
           uniting
           all
           into
           one
           ,
           then
           
             Brutus
          
           or
           
             Constantine
          
           
           dividing
           it
           from
           one
           ;
           and
           though
           
             Constantine
          
           the
           great
           ,
           was
           counted
           the
           glory
           of
           Britaine
           as
           being
           borne
           and
           made
           Emperour
           here
           :
           yet
           may
           that
           commendation
           better
           fit
           King
           
             Iames
          
           than
           
             Constantine
             :
             Tu
             nobiles
             fecisti
             Britanias
             ,
             quod
             illic
             ort●
             factusque
             es
             imperator
             .
          
        
         
           The
           Platan
           tree
           hath
           many
           goodly
           Branches
           ,
           and
           boughes
           ,
           and
           leaves
           in
           one
           body
           :
           and
           therefore
           
             Xerxes
          
           in
           
             Herodotus
             ,
          
           crowned
           him
           with
           a
           golden
           Garland
           ▪
           doubtlesse
           there
           is
           a
           deserved
           glorious
           garland
           due
           to
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           bringing
           forth
           many
           goodly
           boughes
           ,
           and
           branches
           ,
           like
           
           to
           the
           faire
           ,
           and
           well
           spread
           Platan
           tree
           ;
           or
           rather
           for
           the
           height
           of
           his
           honour
           ,
           like
           the
           ●all
           ,
           and
           goodly
           Cedar
           ,
           in
           whom
           ,
           the
           dreame
           of
           
             Nebuchodonosor
          
           hath
           been
           verified
           :
           for
           he
           saw
           a
           tree
           in
           the
           middest
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           great
           ,
           and
           strong
           ,
           whose
           height
           reached
           unto
           the
           heaven
           ,
           and
           the
           sight
           thereof
           to
           the
           end
           of
           the
           earth
           :
           whose
           leaves
           were
           faire
           ,
           and
           the
           fruit
           thereof
           much
           :
           
             Dan.
          
           4.
           in
           which
           was
           meat
           for
           all
           ,
           yea
           the
           beasts
           of
           the
           field
           had
           shadow
           under
           it
           ,
           the
           fowles
           of
           the
           aire
           dwell
           in
           the
           boughes
           thereof
           ,
           and
           all
           flesh
           fed
           of
           it
           .
           But
           
             Nebuchodonosor
          
           heard
           also
           a
           watch
           
           crying
           out
           mightily
           ,
           hew
           downe
           this
           tree
           ,
           breake
           off
           his
           branches
           ,
           shake
           off
           his
           leaves
           ,
           scatter
           his
           fruit
           ,
           that
           both
           beasts
           ,
           and
           fowles
           may
           be
           put
           from
           him
           :
           neverthelesse
           leave
           the
           stump
           of
           his
           rootes
           still
           in
           the
           earth
           .
           So
           was
           the
           ancient
           honour
           ,
           and
           glory
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ;
           great
           ,
           and
           mighty
           ,
           high
           to
           heaven
           ,
           faire
           ,
           and
           fruitfull
           ,
           and
           of
           power
           over
           the
           whole
           Land
           from
           one
           end
           to
           the
           other
           :
           but
           the
           highest
           ,
           who
           hath
           power
           over
           all
           ,
           did
           (
           for
           the
           sin
           of
           the
           inhabitants
           )
           hew
           downe
           this
           goodly
           tree
           ;
           yet
           left
           the
           stumpe
           of
           the
           rootes
           in
           the
           earth
           .
           And
           out
           of
           it
           the
           tree
           is
           growne
           
           up
           againe
           to
           former
           beauty
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           learn
           to
           magnifie
           the
           K.
           of
           heaven
           ,
           as
           did
           
             Nebuchadnesar
          
           restored
           to
           the
           honor
           of
           his
           kingdome
           ,
           to
           his
           glory
           ,
           and
           beauty
           againe
           ,
           to
           his
           Counsellors
           ,
           and
           Princes
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           establishment
           of
           his
           Throne
           with
           augmented
           glory
           .
        
         
           And
           here
           let
           us
           now
           consecrate
           to
           all
           eternity
           the
           ancient
           name
           of
           famous
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           as
           a
           Pantheon
           of
           all
           blessings
           in
           peace
           ,
           prosperity
           ,
           and
           honour
           :
           for
           as
           Pantheon
           was
           a
           Temple
           at
           Rome
           ,
           round
           ,
           and
           like
           to
           the
           capacitie
           of
           heaven
           ,
           wherein
           were
           put
           all
           the
           images
           of
           their
           gods
           .
           
           So
           I
           say
           ,
           in
           the
           name
           and
           stile
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           as
           in
           a
           Pantheon
           ,
           are
           placed
           all
           worldly
           blessings
           ,
           like
           Stars
           shining
           from
           heaven
           ,
           and
           having
           their
           influence
           into
           the
           whole
           body
           of
           common
           weale
           ,
           even
           
             perfection
             of
             beauty
             in
             Sion
             .
          
        
         
           Superstitious
           antiquity
           framed
           false
           Gods
           ,
           one
           indued
           with
           this
           vertue
           ,
           and
           another
           with
           that
           :
           this
           a
           wise
           ,
           that
           a
           warlike
           ,
           and
           another
           a
           just
           God
           :
           yea
           ,
           for
           so
           many
           vertues
           ,
           they
           framed
           so
           many
           goddesses
           ,
           where
           one
           Temple
           might
           not
           be
           consecrated
           to
           two
           goddesses
           ,
           but
           distinct
           vertues
           must
           be
           worshipped
           with
           distinct
           
           worship
           .
           So
           as
           
             Marcellus
          
           dedicating
           one
           and
           the
           same
           Temple
           to
           Honour
           ,
           and
           Vertue
           ,
           was
           thought
           to
           offend
           against
           religion
           .
           But
           our
           happy
           ,
           and
           better
           instructed
           age
           ,
           reducing
           all
           to
           one
           ,
           truly
           to
           worship
           one
           true
           ,
           and
           only
           God
           ;
           so
           in
           civill
           things
           ,
           and
           government
           ,
           it
           offereth
           only
           one
           above
           and
           for
           all
           ,
           that
           whatsoever
           is
           separate
           ,
           and
           distracted
           from
           it
           ,
           may
           bee
           counted
           ,
           as
           
             anathema
             ,
          
           excommunicate
           ,
           divorced
           ,
           or
           
             as
             a
             barren
             handmaid
             to
             bee
             sold
             to
             the
             Vsurer
             ,
          
           unprofitable
           ,
           imperfect
           ,
           or
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           not
           at
           all
           .
        
         
           And
           now
           ,
           as
           union
           into
           
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           is
           like
           a
           Pantheon
           ,
           and
           bringeth
           manifold
           abundant
           blessings
           meeting
           together
           ,
           and
           concurring
           in
           one
           ,
           so
           let
           us
           account
           our selves
           most
           blessed
           in
           our
           Soveraigne
           unitor
           King
           
             Iames
             ,
          
           in
           whose
           Royall
           and
           princely
           Successor
           ,
           our
           gracious
           K.
           
             Charles
             ,
          
           and
           his
           noble
           Progeny
           ,
           is
           laid
           up
           all
           our
           obedience
           ,
           and
           dwelleth
           all
           our
           happinesse
           ;
           even
           as
           that
           worthy
           
             Scipio
             ,
          
           is
           said
           therefore
           to
           be
           borne
           ,
           that
           there
           might
           be
           one
           ,
           in
           whom
           all
           vertue
           should
           shew
           it selfe
           effectually
           ,
           and
           absolutely
           perfect
           :
           
             Hic
             est
             Scipio
             ,
             quem
             dii
             immortales
             nasci
             voluerunt
             ,
             
             ut
             esset
             in
             quo
             se
             virtus
             per
             omnes
             numeros
             efficaciter
             ostenderet
             .
          
        
         
           This
           is
           the
           voice
           of
           truth
           it selfe
           ;
           England
           and
           Scotland
           are
           so
           naturally
           united
           in
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britain
           ,
           that
           the
           one
           nearely
           allyed
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           can
           no
           longer
           bee
           an
           alien
           ,
           or
           stranger
           one
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           except
           it
           may
           bee
           said
           ,
           that
           ,
           
             Quia
             meus
             est
             ,
             non
             est
             meus
             ,
             ipsaque
             damno
             est
             mihi
             proximitas
             .
          
           So
           this
           naturall
           conjunction
           should
           bee
           no
           union
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           both
           naturall
           in
           the
           Soile
           ,
           and
           reall
           in
           the
           Subject
           .
           But
           albeit
           the
           Romanes
           put
           into
           the
           Temple
           called
           Pantheon
           that
           precious
           gem
           named
           
             Vnio
             ,
          
           
           divided
           and
           cut
           in
           two
           ,
           yet
           we
           with
           all
           our
           goods
           and
           geare
           ,
           ought
           willingly
           be
           borne
           into
           the
           bosome
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           
             quae
             fundit
             in
             omnes
             imperium
             ,
          
           not
           distributing
           union
           into
           parts
           ,
           but
           knitting
           up
           all
           parts
           into
           one
           ,
           as
           
             Cicero's
          
           Oratour
           all
           sciences
           ,
           and
           
             Aristotles
          
           good
           man
           all
           vertues
           ,
           as
           
             Cato
          
           was
           counted
           like
           perfect
           in
           all
           vertues
           ,
           or
           as
           the
           divine
           
             Plato
          
           sealed
           up
           in
           man
           ,
           the
           lesser
           world
           ,
           whatsoever
           vertue
           was
           in
           the
           whole
           world
           ,
           or
           rather
           as
           
             Eden
             the
             plentifull
             garden
             of
             God
             sealing
             up
             the
             summe
             of
             all
             perfection
             and
             glory
             ,
             Ezek.
          
           28.
           was
           freight
           and
           deckt
           with
           
             all
             
             manner
             of
             precious
             stones
             ,
             the
             Ruby
             ,
             the
             Tapaze
             ,
             and
             the
             Diamond
             ,
             the
             Chrysolice
             ,
             the
             Onix
             ,
             and
             the
             Iasper
             ,
             the
             Saphir
             ,
             the
             Emerande
             ,
             and
             the
             Carbuncle
             ,
             and
             gold
             .
          
           Even
           now
           may
           it
           be
           said
           of
           this
           universall
           name
           of
           Britaine
           ,
           as
           it
           was
           said
           of
           Rome
           .
           
             Imperii
             virtutumque
             omnium
             lar
             ,
          
           and
           
             virtutum
             omnium
             latissimum
             templum
             .
          
        
         
           In
           ancient
           time
           it
           was
           counted
           ominous
           ,
           if
           a
           stone
           fell
           ,
           or
           a
           dog
           came
           among
           brethren
           .
           And
           
             Socrates
          
           was
           wont
           to
           curse
           those
           ,
           who
           by
           self-conceits
           ,
           and
           head-strong
           opinion
           attempted
           to
           set
           asunder
           those
           things
           which
           nature
           coupled
           together
           .
           
           And
           now
           if
           any
           factious
           Tribune
           of
           the
           people
           interpose
           himselfe
           to
           divide
           us
           ,
           and
           to
           disturbe
           the
           peace
           of
           Israel
           ,
           thinking
           there
           is
           good
           fishing
           in
           troubled
           waters
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           honours
           ,
           and
           benefits
           they
           hunt
           after
           ,
           are
           attained
           in
           
             Perturbata
             Republica
             :
          
           whereof
           they
           utterly
           despaire
           in
           a
           peaceable
           State
           ,
           
             Quia
             in
             concordia
             ordinum
             nullos
             se
             usquam
             esse
             vident
             :
          
           verily
           such
           are
           not
           unlike
           
             Medea
             ,
          
           who
           so
           dispersed
           her
           brothers
           limmes
           ,
           that
           they
           could
           not
           be
           gathered
           againe
           :
           
             Cujus
             etiam
             vultu
             laeditu
             pietas
             :
          
           as
           the
           Mariners
           at
           Sea
           well
           observe
           in
           the
           two
           Stars
           
             Castor
             ,
          
           and
           
           
             Pollux
             ,
          
           that
           if
           one
           without
           the
           other
           appeare
           ,
           they
           foresee
           a
           troubled
           Sea
           :
           but
           peaceable
           ,
           and
           quiet
           without
           storme
           ,
           and
           without
           danger
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           both
           together
           .
        
         
           The
           principality
           of
           Wales
           shall
           witnesse
           this
           truth
           ,
           which
           never
           received
           any
           thing
           any
           more
           beneficiall
           for
           the
           people
           there
           ,
           then
           uniting
           that
           Countrey
           to
           the
           crown
           &
           kingdome
           of
           England
           .
           For
           whilest
           it
           was
           alone
           without
           his
           brother
           ,
           it
           was
           subject
           to
           storme
           ,
           full
           of
           contentions
           ,
           war
           ,
           and
           shedding
           of
           blood
           ,
           but
           joyned
           with
           his
           brother
           ,
           it
           florished
           with
           peace
           ,
           and
           at
           this
           day
           is
           
           blessed
           in
           the
           uniformity
           of
           government
           there
           established
           .
           And
           in
           mine
           opinion
           ,
           it
           is
           well
           observed
           in
           the
           Chronicle
           of
           Wales
           ,
           how
           God
           was
           not
           pleased
           with
           the
           first
           change
           of
           the
           name
           of
           Britaine
           into
           the
           name
           of
           England
           ;
           for
           presently
           followed
           the
           terrible
           and
           cruell
           invasion
           of
           the
           
             Danes
             ,
          
           and
           after
           that
           the
           conquest
           of
           the
           
             Normans
             .
          
           But
           memorable
           is
           it
           ,
           that
           the
           Britaines
           ruled
           all
           the
           whole
           Isle
           together
           ,
           with
           the
           out
           Isles
           of
           
             Wight
             ,
             Men
             ,
          
           in
           English
           
             Anglisee
             ,
             Manaw
             ,
          
           in
           English
           Man
           ,
           Orkney
           ,
           and
           Ewyst
           ,
           1137.
           yeares
           before
           Christ
           ,
           and
           after
           the
           yeare
           of
           his
           incarnation
           
           688.
           even
           to
           the
           death
           of
           
             Cadwallader
             ,
          
           the
           last
           King
           of
           Britaines
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           noble
           race
           of
           Trojans
           .
           Which
           when
           in
           succeeding
           age
           many
           mighty
           and
           famous
           Kings
           of
           England
           ,
           considered
           ,
           they
           laboured
           by
           all
           meanes
           to
           recover
           and
           resume
           the
           name
           and
           stile
           of
           Kings
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           acccounting
           it
           dishonorable
           ,
           to
           leese
           any
           jot
           of
           the
           honour
           of
           their
           most
           princely
           progenitors
           .
           And
           therefore
           K.
           
             Knute
             ,
          
           King
           of
           England
           ,
           mighty
           in
           his
           dominions
           of
           Swethen
           ,
           from
           Germany
           to
           the
           North
           poles
           ,
           with
           Norway
           and
           Denmarke
           ,
           having
           obtained
           prosperous
           success
           
           in
           warring
           against
           Scotland
           ,
           is
           recorded
           after
           his
           death
           ,
           the
           mightiest
           Prince
           in
           the
           West
           parts
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           the
           noble
           Isle
           of
           Britaine
           .
           And
           so
           
             William
          
           the
           Conqueror
           ,
           for
           the
           good
           successe
           he
           likewise
           had
           in
           Scotland
           ,
           is
           recorded
           King
           of
           all
           Britaine
           ;
           and
           
             Henry
          
           the
           second
           ,
           surnamed
           
             Curtmantle
             ,
          
           is
           also
           for
           like
           successe
           ,
           recorded
           King
           of
           all
           Britaine
           .
           And
           if
           they
           be
           renowned
           and
           honoured
           with
           name
           and
           stile
           of
           Britaine
           ,
           which
           by
           rightfull
           descent
           or
           by
           conquest
           ,
           were
           inheritours
           but
           to
           one
           part
           only
           ,
           though
           by
           their
           fortunes
           in
           war
           ,
           they
           also
           
           claimed
           the
           other
           ;
           what
           rightfull
           title
           must
           we
           then
           acknowledge
           ,
           most
           justly
           now
           to
           belong
           to
           his
           most
           excellent
           Majesty
           ,
           in
           the
           imperiall
           crowne
           of
           both
           ,
           who
           by
           lineall
           descent
           inheriteth
           both
           .
        
         
           Here
           I
           wish
           I
           had
           as
           many
           eyes
           as
           
             Argos
             ,
          
           to
           looke
           into
           their
           devises
           ,
           who
           seeke
           to
           divide
           England
           from
           Scotland
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           from
           England
           ,
           renouncing
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           lest
           joyned
           in
           one
           ,
           they
           might
           as
           the
           forenamed
           stars
           ,
           appeare
           together
           ,
           shine
           together
           ,
           and
           bring
           joy
           together
           .
           I
           would
           then
           not
           spare
           to
           lay
           open
           ,
           (
           as
           
             Cneius
             Flavius
          
           did
           reveal
           
           to
           the
           world
           the
           tricks
           and
           misteries
           of
           Lawyers
           of
           that
           time
           ,
           and
           therefore
           was
           said
           to
           put
           out
           their
           eyes
           ,
           and
           to
           cut
           their
           purses
           )
           how
           also
           these
           Adamants
           hinder
           the
           naturall
           power
           ,
           and
           vertue
           of
           the
           Load-stone
           :
           whom
           I
           call
           Adamants
           ,
           aswell
           for
           repugnant
           qualities
           ,
           as
           that
           they
           be
           truly
           Adamants
           ,
           even
           Sons
           of
           
             Adam
             ,
          
           practising
           rather
           in
           disobedience
           ,
           dissention
           ,
           and
           ruine
           of
           all
           ,
           to
           lay
           hands
           upon
           that
           is
           forbidden
           ,
           then
           to
           draw
           the
           Iron
           ,
           nay
           golden
           chaine
           of
           linkes
           of
           love
           ,
           in
           obedience
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           for
           common
           peace
           ,
           and
           preservation
           of
           men
           .
        
         
         
           But
           herein
           such
           imitate
           the
           devise
           of
           
             Q.
             Fabius
             Labeo
             ,
          
           seeking
           to
           have
           the
           ship
           of
           common
           weale
           divided
           in
           parts
           ;
           as
           when
           by
           compact
           of
           league
           with
           
             Antiochus
          
           he
           ought
           to
           receive
           halfe
           part
           of
           
             Antiochus
          
           ships
           ,
           cut
           them
           all
           in
           the
           middest
           ,
           craftily
           ,
           so
           to
           defraud
           
             Antiochus
          
           of
           his
           whole
           Navy
           :
           or
           else
           imitate
           they
           
             Cyrus
             ,
          
           dividing
           great
           Rivers
           into
           many
           little
           Brookes
           ,
           till
           they
           be
           not
           only
           passable
           ,
           but
           even
           dryed
           up
           :
           for
           so
           these
           seek
           to
           stay
           the
           maine
           and
           mighty
           Streame
           of
           great
           Britaine
           by
           dividing
           it
           ,
           and
           in
           dividing
           ,
           to
           make
           it
           of
           sundry
           kindes
           ,
           unlike
           it selfe
           .
           Such
           
           dividing
           into
           parts
           ,
           is
           disjoyning
           of
           the
           parts
           ,
           by
           disjoyning
           ,
           dismembring
           ,
           and
           by
           dismembring
           ,
           spoiling
           ,
           making
           the
           stone
           
             Scyros
             ,
          
           which
           whole
           and
           firmely
           compacted
           ,
           doth
           swim
           and
           floate
           above
           the
           waters
           ,
           to
           sinke
           ,
           and
           be
           drowned
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           divided
           .
           But
           our
           two
           famous
           kingdomes
           with
           all
           their
           provinces
           ,
           shires
           ,
           and
           countries
           united
           into
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           are
           like
           the
           goodly
           and
           pleasant
           river
           
             Danubius
             ,
          
           which
           passing
           by
           many
           Countries
           keepeth
           his
           name
           ,
           till
           it
           enter
           into
           
             Illiricum
          
           :
           where
           receiving
           into
           it
           sixty
           other
           rivers
           of
           divers
           other
           names
           ,
           leeseth
           not
           only
           his
           owne
           
           and
           all
           their
           other
           names
           of
           parts
           ,
           but
           is
           called
           
             Ister
             ,
          
           one
           for
           all
           containing
           all
           .
        
         
           Here
           I
           require
           both
           of
           English
           and
           Scottish
           ,
           is
           either
           of
           them
           now
           ,
           as
           a
           people
           disjoynted
           one
           from
           the
           other
           ?
           Or
           as
           Sand
           without
           Lime
           ?
           Or
           scattered
           straw
           without
           binding
           ?
           Or
           as
           
             Sampsons
          
           Foxes
           running
           divers
           and
           contrary
           waies
           ,
           with
           fire
           brands
           of
           dissention
           among
           them
           ?
           Nay
           here
           in
           the
           glory
           of
           great
           Britaine
           is
           renowned
           ,
           that
           King
           
             Iames
             ,
          
           with
           our
           gracious
           King
           
             Charles
             ,
          
           and
           his
           Royall
           issue
           doe
           gather
           together
           that
           ,
           which
           was
           scattered
           ,
           and
           unite
           that
           ,
           
           which
           was
           divided
           ,
           and
           restore
           that
           which
           was
           lost
           ,
           and
           save
           that
           which
           was
           endangered
           even
           by
           this
           meanes
           ,
           uniting
           all
           in
           one
           name
           of
           Britaine
           ,
           as
           it
           was
           said
           of
           Rome
           ,
           uniting
           so
           many
           Countries
           into
           it selfe
           ,
           all
           parts
           which
           disagreed
           heretofore
           are
           now
           well
           agreeing
           .
           Hereupon
           Rome
           was
           said
           to
           be
           
             anchora
             fluctuanti
             mundo
          
           :
           and
           as
           he
           saith
           in
           
             Tacitus
             ,
             regna
             bellaque
             per
             Gallias
             semper
             fuere
             donec
             in
             nostrum
             jus
             concederetis
             .
          
           So
           happily
           doth
           this
           universall
           conjunction
           of
           all
           under
           one
           head
           ,
           take
           away
           all
           discord
           ,
           and
           maintaine
           conjunction
           of
           love
           for
           everlasting
           continuance
           .
           
           Only
           they
           which
           will
           be
           alone
           ,
           and
           not
           contained
           under
           one
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           are
           not
           bound
           up
           with
           the
           sheaves
           ,
           nor
           carried
           home
           into
           the
           Barne
           ,
           and
           therefore
           are
           like
           gleanings
           after
           harvest
           ,
           left
           behinde
           in
           the
           field
           ,
           subject
           to
           storme
           ,
           they
           come
           not
           
             two
             and
             two
          
           into
           this
           
             Arke
             ,
          
           and
           whatsoever
           remaineth
           alone
           ,
           
             Extra
             arcam
             ,
             perit
             .
          
        
         
           Such
           are
           not
           unlike
           that
           Captaine
           ,
           whom
           
             Xerxes
          
           rewarded
           with
           a
           garland
           ,
           for
           escaping
           alive
           ,
           when
           all
           other
           souldiers
           were
           slaine
           ,
           and
           yet
           because
           he
           came
           alone
           without
           the
           rest
           ,
           he
           hanged
           him
           :
           and
           as
           the
           
           the
           
             Athenians
          
           in
           the
           warre
           with
           the
           
             Aeginetae
             ,
          
           when
           one
           returned
           ,
           without
           his
           fellowes
           ,
           ranne
           upon
           him
           ,
           and
           killed
           him
           ,
           asking
           where
           were
           the
           rest
           ?
           And
           what
           can
           such
           (
           I
           pray
           you
           )
           as
           separate
           themselves
           from
           the
           happy
           union
           of
           all
           Britaines
           answer
           for
           themselves
           ,
           if
           they
           be
           called
           to
           account
           ?
           Can
           any
           be
           English
           ,
           and
           not
           Scottish
           ,
           can
           any
           be
           Scottish
           ,
           and
           not
           English
           ?
           Let
           that
           outcry
           against
           the
           Romans
           be
           ingeminated
           against
           such
           ,
           saying
           :
           
             Quintilius
             Varus
             ,
          
           restore
           us
           our
           Legions
           ,
           where
           are
           our
           Souldiers
           ,
           what
           is
           become
           of
           them
           ?
           Where
           are
           the
           English
           ,
           
           where
           are
           the
           Scottish
           ,
           let
           all
           restore
           themselves
           ,
           and
           each
           one
           the
           other
           to
           the
           name
           of
           Britaines
           .
           And
           so
           I
           say
           to
           all
           ,
           and
           every
           one
           of
           both
           nations
           ,
           
             Cedo
             alterum
             ,
          
           (
           For
           I
           feare
           lest
           this
           name
           
             Cedo
             alterum
             ,
          
           mentioned
           in
           
             Taci●us
             ,
          
           be
           in
           scarely
           found
           among
           many
           :
           )
           but
           I
           call
           aloud
           where
           art
           thou
           ,
           
             Cedo
             alterum
             ,
          
           give
           us
           thy selfe
           ,
           bring
           in
           thy
           friend
           ,
           yea
           ,
           yet
           another
           ,
           and
           another
           ,
           bee
           not
           wanting
           to
           the
           weale
           publique
           ;
           
             una
             navis
             bonorum
             omnium
             ,
          
           all
           good
           Subjects
           are
           contained
           in
           one
           Ship
           of
           common
           Weal
           ,
           
             numerū
             non
             habet
             illa
             suū
             ,
          
           one
           is
           not
           perfit
           without
           the
           other
           :
           
           for
           Britaines
           Subject
           ought
           maintaine
           mutuall
           society
           for
           common
           good
           .
           As
           for
           others
           disclaiming
           us
           ,
           and
           disjoyning
           themselves
           ,
           only
           I
           wish
           they
           may
           all
           be
           of
           the
           same
           consort
           ,
           and
           society
           with
           us
           ,
           for
           ,
           
             victrix
             causa
             dii
             placuit
             ,
          
           though
           ,
           
             victa
             Catoni
             .
          
        
         
           And
           albeit
           many
           great
           ,
           and
           mighty
           Potentates
           on
           earth
           make
           a
           great
           shew
           of
           
             Copia
             verborum
             ,
          
           by
           copious
           recitall
           of
           many
           Provinces
           ,
           and
           Kingdomes
           ;
           as
           if
           his
           Majesty
           should
           entitle
           himselfe
           by
           all
           the
           severall
           shires
           under
           his
           dominions
           ,
           and
           not
           by
           one
           honourable
           Title
           of
           great
           Britaine
           comprehending
           all
           :
           to
           shew
           
           how
           this
           misliked
           some
           ,
           it
           is
           recorded
           when
           the
           Emperours
           Embassador
           comming
           to
           the
           
             French
          
           King
           rehearsed
           the
           Emperours
           stile
           at
           large
           ,
           which
           consisted
           of
           many
           dominions
           and
           names
           of
           countries
           ;
           the
           
             French
          
           King
           willed
           his
           Herauld
           to
           repeate
           and
           say
           over
           the
           name
           of
           
             France
          
           as
           many
           times
           as
           the
           other
           had
           rehearsed
           the
           severall
           titles
           of
           his
           Masters
           dominions
           :
           intimating
           that
           one
           name
           of
           
             France
          
           well
           compacted
           and
           united
           of
           many
           particulars
           into
           one
           generall
           name
           ,
           was
           better
           then
           divers
           particular
           names
           of
           many
           countries
           .
           And
           when
           
             Quintius
             Flaminius
          
           
           heard
           how
           his
           army
           was
           terrified
           ,
           at
           the
           recitall
           of
           many
           his
           enemies
           forces
           ,
           of
           their
           diversity
           of
           names
           ,
           of
           countries
           ,
           of
           Armour
           ,
           and
           of
           multitudes
           ,
           
             Dahae
             ,
             Medi
             ,
             Cadusij
             ,
             Elemei
             ,
             Cataphracti
             ,
             &c.
          
           Spearemen
           ,
           Horsemen
           Footmen
           ,
           Archers
           ,
           &c.
           
           Oh
           saith
           he
           ,
           what
           a
           doe
           is
           here
           ,
           with
           numbers
           ,
           and
           diversity
           of
           numbers
           ?
           all
           these
           are
           but
           onely
           Syrians
           ,
           and
           make
           a
           great
           shew
           ,
           like
           that
           great
           Supper
           ,
           which
           mine
           Hoast
           at
           
             Chalcis
          
           dressed
           for
           me
           ,
           and
           for
           my
           followers
           ,
           with
           much
           variety
           ,
           and
           marvell
           at
           the
           diversity
           of
           the
           dishes
           ,
           and
           yet
           all
           was
           but
           one
           flesh
           ,
           though
           of
           so
           many
           divers
           
           dressings
           .
           The
           river
           
             Peneus
          
           may
           better
           serve
           for
           instance
           :
           it
           divideth
           it selfe
           ,
           and
           floweth
           into
           divers
           Rivers
           ,
           and
           every
           one
           of
           these
           Rivers
           in
           his
           division
           ,
           hath
           a
           proper
           name
           to
           himself
           ,
           one
           after
           this
           name
           ,
           and
           another
           after
           that
           :
           but
           all
           these
           meeting
           in
           one
           ,
           and
           becomming
           againe
           one
           great
           ,
           and
           mighty
           River
           ,
           doe
           now
           lose
           the
           particular
           names
           ,
           which
           they
           held
           being
           divided
           ,
           and
           are
           called
           by
           one
           generall
           name
           ,
           as
           before
           ,
           namely
           ,
           
             Peneus
             .
             Non
             sunt
             multiplicanda
             entia
             sine
             necessitate
             .
          
        
         
           It
           is
           not
           reasonable
           that
           brethren
           from
           one
           parent
           ,
           
           should
           be
           divided
           in
           one
           house
           ,
           though
           they
           be
           severed
           in
           distinct
           place
           :
           but
           be
           as
           fingers
           to
           one
           hand
           ,
           knit
           together
           by
           common
           joynts
           for
           mutuall
           offices
           :
           even
           as
           the
           brethren
           
             Molionides
             ,
          
           are
           poetically
           imagined
           to
           have
           but
           one
           body
           :
           or
           rather
           the
           three
           
             Cerions
             ,
          
           to
           have
           many
           bodies
           ,
           but
           one
           soule
           ,
           and
           one
           minde
           ;
           not
           unlike
           to
           that
           of
           
             Pithagoras
             ,
             Vt
             unum
             ex
             pluribus
             fiat
             ,
          
           many
           in
           name
           ,
           but
           one
           in
           deed
           .
           And
           as
           when
           
             Piso
          
           was
           commended
           to
           posterity
           for
           frugality
           ,
           I
           doubt
           not
           ,
           but
           he
           was
           wise
           withall
           ;
           and
           as
           when
           
             Lelius
          
           was
           renowned
           for
           wisdome
           ,
           I
           doubt
           not
           but
           he
           was
           just
           
           withall
           :
           and
           
             Metellus
          
           for
           piety
           ,
           I
           doubt
           not
           but
           hee
           was
           temperate
           withall
           :
           and
           
             Aristides
          
           for
           justice
           ,
           I
           doubt
           not
           but
           he
           was
           valiant
           withall
           :
           yet
           I
           know
           that
           the
           denomination
           is
           ever
           but
           of
           one
           ,
           though
           it
           containe
           things
           two
           ,
           and
           moe
           :
           as
           the
           Temple
           consecrated
           to
           two
           brethren
           
             Castor
          
           and
           
             Pollux
             ,
          
           was
           named
           only
           
             Castors
          
           Temple
           :
           and
           the
           munificency
           of
           two
           Consuls
           ,
           
             Caesar
             ,
          
           and
           
             Bibulus
             ,
          
           was
           called
           only
           
             Caesars
          
           munificency
           :
           and
           even
           many
           imaginary
           shewes
           ,
           and
           shadowes
           have
           seemed
           compleate
           ,
           in
           deciphering
           one
           thing
           only
           :
           yea
           the
           very
           images
           of
           excellent
           
           men
           have
           been
           patternes
           ,
           and
           resemblances
           of
           many
           consummate
           vertues
           in
           one
           :
           as
           
             Plutarchs
             Alexander
             ,
             Xenophons
             Cyrus
             ,
             Homers
             Vlysses
             ,
             Virgils
             Aeneas
             ,
          
           and
           
             Lucians
             Imagines
             ,
          
           instead
           of
           all
           .
        
         
           And
           as
           there
           is
           a
           common
           Idea
           ,
           and
           infolded
           notion
           of
           all
           things
           in
           the
           minde
           of
           man
           ,
           so
           the
           other
           viewing
           the
           whole
           race
           and
           tract
           of
           things
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           doth
           tell
           us
           ,
           that
           as
           many
           peculiar
           excellent
           properties
           ,
           may
           be
           ,
           and
           are
           in
           one
           man
           ,
           and
           hee
           over
           them
           ,
           as
           sole
           Monarch
           over
           all
           the
           diversities
           of
           worthiest
           vertues
           ;
           so
           a
           King
           under
           his
           Imperiall
           power
           
           hath
           to
           him
           subjected
           many
           shires
           ,
           states
           ,
           cities
           ,
           honors
           ,
           provinces
           ,
           and
           kingdomes
           ,
           himself
           being
           sole
           soveraign
           and
           Lord
           over
           all
           .
           Therefore
           though
           magnanimity
           onely
           ,
           was
           attributed
           to
           
             Cyrus
             ,
          
           only
           modesty
           to
           
             Agesilaus
             ,
          
           onely
           wisdome
           to
           
             Themistocles
             ,
          
           skill
           to
           
             Philip
             ,
          
           and
           boldnesse
           to
           
             Brasidas
             :
          
           yet
           
             Alexander
             ,
          
           as
           
             Plutarch
          
           reporteth
           ,
           was
           furnished
           ,
           and
           full-fraight
           with
           all
           these
           .
           And
           
             Quintus
             Metellus
          
           is
           reported
           to
           attaine
           and
           possesse
           together
           ,
           ten
           of
           the
           chiefest
           ,
           &
           greatest
           things
           that
           ever
           he
           desir'd
           (
           as
           if
           he
           had
           at
           once
           ten
           Provinces
           under
           his
           command
           )
           and
           was
           known
           a
           mighty
           warrier
           
           a
           sweet
           Orator
           ,
           a
           great
           commander
           ,
           to
           prosper
           in
           his
           greatest
           affaires
           ,
           to
           be
           in
           greatest
           honour
           ,
           of
           great
           wisdome
           ,
           a
           chiefe
           Senator
           ,
           plentifull
           in
           children
           ,
           rich
           of
           substance
           ,
           and
           most
           renowned
           in
           the
           City
           .
           So
           copiously
           hath
           one
           man
           been
           stored
           with
           plentifull
           variety
           of
           manifold
           graces
           ,
           all
           these
           at
           once
           dwelling
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           well
           ordering
           them
           ;
           even
           as
           one
           free
           ,
           and
           absolute
           Monarch
           may
           ,
           and
           doth
           rule
           many
           mighty
           and
           divers
           Nations
           ,
           knit
           in
           one
           by
           obedience
           ,
           and
           love
           among
           themselves
           ,
           and
           by
           law
           ,
           and
           justice
           from
           the
           King
           ,
           who
           by
           his
           lawes
           
           speaketh
           alike
           to
           all
           ,
           is
           heard
           of
           all
           ,
           and
           understood
           of
           all
           :
           
             una
             ,
             eademque
             communi
             voce
             .
          
        
         
           I
           confesse
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           hath
           beene
           long
           time
           eclipsed
           ,
           or
           rather
           like
           those
           voices
           ,
           which
           
             Antiphon
          
           said
           were
           kept
           close
           ,
           and
           frozen
           up
           in
           the
           Winter
           ,
           untill
           the
           heate
           of
           Summers
           shining
           Sun
           resolved
           the
           frozen
           ,
           and
           fast
           bound
           aire
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           bee
           againe
           disclosed
           .
           Comfortable
           is
           the
           warmth
           of
           this
           blessing
           ,
           in
           the
           Sun-shining
           daies
           of
           our
           Soveraign
           Lords
           King
           
             Iames
             ,
          
           &
           King
           
             Charles
          
           ;
           wherein
           not
           only
           cloudes
           are
           scattered
           ,
           but
           the
           renowned
           
           name
           of
           great
           Britain
           breaks
           forth
           as
           a
           gladsome
           voyce
           from
           frozened
           aire
           ,
           &
           comes
           forth
           ,
           as
           a
           Bridegroome
           out
           of
           his
           chamber
           ,
           long
           time
           before
           lockt
           up
           like
           a
           prisoner
           .
           Doubtlesse
           this
           is
           our
           yeare
           of
           Jubile
           ,
           a
           yeere
           of
           delivering
           the
           Captive
           ,
           of
           making
           the
           bond
           free
           ,
           and
           of
           joy
           ,
           even
           in
           sort
           ,
           and
           true
           sense
           to
           us
           ,
           
             Annus
             Platonicus
             ,
          
           wherein
           things
           are
           come
           about
           againe
           to
           be
           as
           they
           were
           ,
           (
           
             Iure
             Postliminij
          
           )
           to
           recover
           our selves
           ,
           and
           be
           restored
           to
           name
           and
           fame
           of
           great
           and
           glorious
           Britaine
           ,
           long
           divided
           into
           two
           kingdomes
           ,
           but
           now
           most
           happily
           ,
           and
           joyfully
           subjected
           ,
           
           and
           reunited
           in
           all
           the
           government
           therof
           unto
           one
           onely
           Soveraigne
           ,
           most
           wise
           and
           most
           religious
           governour
           of
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           Deus
           haec
           benigna
           restituit
           in
           sedem
           vice
           .
        
         
           
             Doubtlesse
             this
             is
             the
             Lords
             doing
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             marvellous
             in
             our
             eyes
             ,
          
           this
           is
           the
           day
           that
           the
           Lord
           hath
           made
           for
           us
           to
           rejoyce
           ,
           and
           be
           glad
           therein
           .
           For
           as
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           we
           owe
           to
           God
           our selves
           ,
           for
           creating
           us
           when
           wee
           were
           not
           ;
           and
           more
           than
           our selves
           ;
           for
           re-creating
           ,
           and
           restoring
           us
           ,
           when
           wee
           were
           lost
           :
           So
           ought
           all
           good
           Subjects
           thinke
           the
           dayes
           more
           happy
           ,
           and
           joyfull
           ,
           
           in
           which
           they
           are
           now
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           new
           borne
           ,
           then
           those
           ,
           in
           which
           they
           were
           first
           borne
           ,
           as
           is
           well
           said
           ;
           
             Non
             minus
             illustres
             ,
             a
             que
             jucundi
             sunt
             illi
             dies
             ,
             quibus
             conservamur
             ,
             quàm
             quibus
             nascimur
             .
             Happy
             art
             thou
             ,
             ô
             Israel
             ,
             ô
             people
             saved
             by
             the
             Lord
             ,
             who
             is
             like
             unto
             thee
             ?
          
           Thou
           wert
           lost
           ,
           and
           art
           found
           ,
           bond
           ,
           and
           art
           free
           ,
           eclipsed
           ,
           and
           art
           glorious
           ,
           dead
           ,
           and
           art
           alive
           ,
           thy
           name
           forgotten
           ,
           and
           behold
           ,
           it
           resoundeth
           even
           among
           hard
           rocks
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           hollownesse
           of
           mountaines
           ;
           thy
           beauty
           withered
           ,
           and
           behold
           thy
           vallies
           stand
           thick
           ,
           replenished
           ,
           and
           adorned
           ,
           with
           fairest
           varieties
           of
           all
           
           good
           ;
           thy
           yeares
           forgotten
           ,
           thy
           feathers
           plucked
           ,
           and
           thy
           strength
           weakned
           ,
           and
           behold
           thou
           waxest
           young
           ,
           and
           lusty
           like
           the
           Eagle
           ;
           yea
           thine
           honour
           ,
           the
           honour
           of
           thine
           ancient
           name
           ruined
           like
           an
           old
           house
           ,
           but
           behold
           it
           is
           now
           repaired
           ,
           and
           called
           after
           his
           owne
           ,
           and
           old
           name
           ;
           even
           as
           
             deliaca
             navis
             ,
          
           torne
           ,
           and
           taken
           in
           pieces
           ,
           was
           renewed
           ,
           and
           built
           againe
           to
           his
           most
           ancient
           forme
           ,
           and
           called
           still
           
             deliaca
             navis
             .
             Sic
             rerum
             summa
             novatur
             .
          
        
         
           And
           albeit
           worldly
           kingdomes
           and
           civill
           States
           seem
           subject
           to
           alteration
           ,
           and
           doe
           carry
           in
           their
           outward
           appearance
           ,
           
           faces
           sometime
           shining
           ,
           and
           glorious
           as
           the
           Sun
           ,
           and
           sometime
           defaced
           ,
           darkned
           ,
           and
           deformed
           ,
           conquering
           ,
           and
           conquered
           ,
           triumphing
           ,
           and
           enthralled
           ;
           yet
           the
           common
           weale
           it selfe
           like
           the
           ship
           before
           mentioned
           ,
           ruinated
           and
           repaired
           ,
           is
           still
           the
           same
           ;
           euen
           as
           the
           Sunne
           ,
           though
           eclipsed
           ,
           is
           still
           the
           same
           ;
           and
           a
           river
           sometime
           shallow
           ,
           sometime
           deepe
           ,
           still
           the
           same
           ;
           and
           a
           man
           now
           sick
           ,
           now
           in
           health
           ,
           still
           the
           same
           .
           
             Respublica
             enim
             semper
             ut
             civitas
             ,
             est
             contigua
             ,
             unâ
             ,
             perpetuâque
             serie
             compacta
             ,
          
           and
           though
           admit
           it
           mutation
           ,
           as
           our
           state
           did
           long
           
           time
           ,
           ever
           since
           the
           first
           division
           ,
           till
           this
           blessed
           day
           ;
           yet
           Britains
           common
           weale
           ,
           was
           but
           sick
           for
           a
           season
           ,
           till
           health
           returned
           into
           the
           whole
           body
           ,
           by
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           head
           .
           So
           as
           now
           the
           first
           and
           ancient
           common
           weale
           of
           great
           Britaine
           is
           againe
           conformed
           to
           his
           prime
           estate
           ,
           sound
           ,
           the
           same
           ,
           and
           like
           it selfe
           ;
           and
           is
           likely
           so
           to
           continue
           and
           flourish
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           it
           retaineth
           the
           common
           band
           of
           community
           ,
           and
           individuall
           knot
           of
           unity
           .
           As
           
             Socrates
          
           is
           said
           ,
           as
           long
           as
           he
           is
           
             Socrates
             ,
          
           to
           bee
           one
           &
           the
           same
           .
           Whether
           in
           childhood
           ,
           or
           manhood
           ,
           in
           in
           fancy
           ,
           or
           in
           age
           ,
           the
           same
           
             Socrates
             .
          
           But
           
             Heraclitus
          
           denied
           ,
           
           because
           of
           the
           odaine
           change
           of
           men
           and
           things
           ,
           that
           one
           man
           could
           goe
           into
           the
           same
           river
           twice
           :
           and
           ill
           debtors
           borrowing
           mony
           heretofore
           ,
           refuse
           payment
           ,
           because
           they
           thinke
           themselves
           not
           the
           same
           men
           ,
           and
           plead
           the
           day
           is
           past
           ,
           and
           cannot
           be
           againe
           ;
           deluding
           with
           that
           saying
           :
           
             Ego
             non
             sum
             ego
             :
             hodie
             &
             heri
             .
          
           But
           such
           conclusions
           or
           rather
           collusions
           are
           simple
           rusticall
           follies
           ;
           as
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             rusticus
             expectat
             dum
             defluat
             amnis
             ,
             at
             ille
             labitur
             &
             labetur
             in
             omne
             volubilis
             aevum
             .
          
           For
           howsoever
           times
           alter
           ,
           yet
           truth
           ever
           sheweth
           it selfe
           ;
           as
           the
           river
           
             Lycus
             ,
          
           running
           along
           under
           the
           
           earth
           for
           a
           long
           space
           ,
           breaketh
           forth
           againe
           ,
           and
           as
           is
           said
           ,
           
             alioque
             renascitur
             orbe
             .
          
        
         
           The
           sleepers
           in
           
             Sardos
             ,
          
           when
           they
           awaked
           ,
           thought
           they
           had
           passed
           no
           time
           :
           but
           we
           shall
           be
           more
           drowsie
           ,
           and
           sottish
           then
           they
           ,
           if
           now
           rowsed
           from
           our
           long
           sleep
           ,
           wherein
           the
           honorable
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           was
           forgotten
           ,
           we
           now
           not
           open
           our
           eyes
           to
           acknowledge
           the
           happinesse
           of
           these
           our
           dayes
           :
           wherein
           our
           hearts
           may
           leap
           for
           joy
           ,
           to
           see
           that
           two
           of
           our
           most
           gracious
           Kings
           ,
           as
           Fathers
           of
           peace
           ,
           and
           procreators
           ,
           protectors
           ,
           and
           perfitors
           of
           Subjects
           joy
           ,
           sit
           in
           Royall
           seat
           of
           great
           Britaines
           
           most
           ancient
           ,
           and
           most
           absolute
           Monarchy
           :
           whereby
           our
           strength
           ,
           peace
           ,
           wealth
           ,
           and
           honour
           is
           the
           more
           increased
           ,
           in
           that
           our
           Soveraigne
           is
           the
           more
           universally
           obeyed
           ,
           and
           we
           are
           doubtlesse
           hereby
           more
           blessed
           ,
           then
           all
           our
           fore-fathers
           :
           of
           whom
           we
           say
           ,
           as
           
             Demaratus
          
           the
           Corinthian
           said
           ,
           that
           all
           dead
           Grecians
           are
           ,
           deprived
           of
           great
           joy
           ,
           in
           that
           they
           lived
           not
           to
           see
           
             Alexander
          
           in
           
             Darius
          
           Chaire
           .
           But
           comfortably
           spake
           he
           in
           the
           Comedy
           :
           
             Gaudeo
             ,
             cum
             video
             hujus
             generis
             reliquias
          
           ;
           and
           how
           joyfull
           is
           it
           for
           us
           to
           acknowledge
           one
           another
           Britaines
           ,
           as
           it
           was
           for
           them
           
           brethren
           in
           the
           Comedy
           which
           after
           so
           long
           time
           came
           to
           knowledge
           one
           of
           another
           :
           yea
           now
           for
           us
           to
           know
           one
           another
           to
           bee
           Britaines
           by
           all
           signes
           and
           tokens
           ,
           
             Non
             naevo
             aliquo
             aut
             crepundiis
             ,
             sed
             corpore
             omni
             .
          
           And
           though
           he
           may
           bee
           pittied
           ,
           which
           sitteth
           alone
           mourning
           ,
           and
           crying
           :
           
             Nec
             mihi
             eognatus
             quisquam
             fuit
             isto
             nome
             :
          
           yet
           may
           both
           English
           ,
           and
           Scottish
           rejoyce
           ,
           because
           neither
           sister
           is
           a
           widow
           ,
           but
           all
           their
           legitimate
           children
           are
           now
           of
           one
           name
           ,
           and
           one
           blood
           ,
           become
           ,
           and
           borne
           againe
           Britaines
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           
           by
           a
           Pithagoricall
           Palingenesia
           ,
           even
           twice
           Britaines
           ,
           as
           
             Hippolitus
          
           was
           called
           
             Virbius
             ,
          
           because
           he
           lived
           againe
           ;
           and
           was
           twice
           the
           same
           man
           .
           
             Aeson
             miratur
             ;
             &
             olim
             ante
             quater
             denos
             hunc
             se
             reminiscitur
             annos
             .
          
           And
           surely
           (
           as
           
             Pliny
          
           saith
           )
           
             Sparsas
             &
             lacera●
             gentilitates
             colligere
             &
             conuectere
             ,
             est
             ,
             ut
             ita
             dicam
             ,
             renasci
             jubere
             .
          
        
         
           Thus
           we
           say
           ,
           and
           thus
           we
           sing
           ,
           
             Redeunt
             Saturnia
             regna
             ,
          
           even
           the
           golden
           age
           of
           Britaines
           Monarchy
           is
           come
           againe
           :
           
             Alter
             Tiphis
             ,
             &
             altera
             ,
             quae
             vehat
             Argos
             ,
             delectos
             Heroas
             :
             atque
             iterum
             ad
             Trojam
             magnus
             mittetur
             Achilles
             :
          
           another
           governour
           and
           chief
           
           Master
           ,
           of
           the
           common
           weales
           Ship
           ,
           and
           another
           Arke
           ,
           or
           Argosie
           ,
           as
           before
           ,
           doth
           transport
           the
           Nobles
           ,
           and
           Commons
           both
           of
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           ,
           to
           fetch
           the
           golden
           fleece
           ,
           which
           
             Egbert
          
           that
           Dragon
           held
           so
           long
           time
           in
           his
           jawes
           .
           
             Quondam
             etiam
             victus
             redit
             in
             praecordia
             virtus
             .
          
           Now
           then
           ,
           
             Siquid
             patriae
             virtutis
             ,
          
           if
           there
           be
           in
           us
           valour
           ,
           of
           men
           stirred
           up
           ,
           with
           remembrance
           of
           the
           name
           ,
           and
           honour
           of
           the
           name
           ,
           and
           honour
           of
           our
           Country
           :
           
             Si
             quid
             antiquorum
             hominum
             :
          
           if
           any
           drop
           of
           our
           Ancestors
           blood
           live
           in
           us
           :
           
             Si
             quid
             humanitatis
             :
          
           if
           any
           touch
           of
           brotherly
           
           kindnesse
           ,
           we
           cannot
           ,
           but
           readily
           imbrace
           each
           other
           ,
           as
           the
           ancient
           Romanes
           reconciled
           after
           long
           civill
           war
           ,
           and
           shedding
           much
           blood
           
             Iungebant
             Castra
             ,
             &
             consalutabant
             Cives
             :
          
           yea
           ,
           and
           triumph
           also
           as
           they
           did
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             exurgere
             ,
             &
             reviviscere
             Romani
             nominis
             memoria
             incipit
             ,
             &
             gloria
             :
          
           unlesse
           it
           may
           be
           said
           of
           us
           ,
           as
           of
           that
           base
           minded
           
             Vitellius
             :
             Tanta
             torpedo
             invasit
             animum
             ,
             ut
             si
             eum
             principem
             fuisse
             caeteri
             non
             meminissent
             ,
             ipse
             oblivisceretur
             :
          
           or
           it
           may
           bee
           said
           to
           us
           Britaines
           descended
           from
           
             Brutus
             ,
          
           as
           sometimes
           to
           another
           
             Brutus
             ,
          
           in
           another
           sense
           ,
           not
           here
           intended
           :
           
           
             Dormis
             Brute
             ,
             &
             non
             es
             Brutus
             .
          
        
         
           Our
           country
           men
           ,
           and
           neighbours
           of
           Wales
           ,
           as
           Chronicles
           report
           ,
           derive
           themselves
           from
           ancient
           true
           Britaines
           ▪
           and
           doe
           retaine
           the
           British
           tongue
           ,
           though
           somewhat
           mixed
           ,
           called
           
             Camberaec
             ,
          
           which
           could
           never
           be
           extinguished
           by
           any
           attempts
           of
           
             Romanes
             ,
             Saxons
             ,
             Danes
             ,
             Normans
             :
          
           and
           that
           famous
           City
           
             London
             ,
          
           is
           still
           by
           them
           called
           Trenwith
           ,
           of
           
             Brutus
          
           first
           named
           
             Trenovanton
             .
          
           And
           the
           Countrey
           it selfe
           is
           called
           
             Cambria
             ,
          
           of
           
             Camber
             ,
             Brutus
          
           Sonne
           ,
           though
           we
           call
           it
           
             Wales
             ,
          
           a
           
           word
           imposed
           by
           Saxons
           ,
           naming
           them
           
             Walshe
             ,
          
           which
           is
           strange
           ;
           and
           many
           mountaines
           ,
           rivers
           and
           cities
           are
           among
           them
           still
           retaining
           British
           names
           :
           
             extremos
             pudeat
             rediisse
             :
          
           let
           us
           be
           ashamed
           to
           be
           last
           ,
           or
           backward
           ,
           seeing
           another
           
             Arthur
          
           King
           of
           all
           great
           Britain
           raigneth
           ;
           lest
           we
           still
           seem
           over-awed
           ,
           and
           captivated
           to
           the
           Conquerour
           
             Egbert
          
           his
           will
           ,
           and
           by
           his
           beating
           us
           ,
           to
           be
           made
           as
           base
           vassals
           ,
           forgetting
           our selves
           ,
           our
           names
           ,
           and
           our
           Country
           ,
           and
           not
           daring
           to
           challenge
           ,
           or
           acknowledge
           them
           :
           even
           as
           that
           base
           slave
           
             Sos●a
          
           was
           enforced
           to
           yeeld
           to
           his
           Master
           
             Mercurie
             ,
          
           
           and
           say
           ,
           
             Pugnis
             me
             fecisti
             tuum
             ,
             &
             si
             sum
             ego
             ,
             tamen
             non
             credo
             mihi
             ,
             nomen
             simul
             abstulit
             cum
             forma
             .
          
        
         
           Neither
           doe
           I
           esteeme
           the
           change
           of
           name
           ,
           a
           matter
           of
           indifferency
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           all
           one
           ,
           whether
           we
           were
           called
           Britaines
           ,
           or
           continued
           English
           ,
           and
           Scots
           .
           But
           in
           my
           judgement
           it
           is
           reason
           to
           alter
           all
           into
           Britaines
           ,
           because
           it
           was
           our
           most
           ancient
           ,
           and
           is
           the
           more
           honourable
           name
           ,
           except
           we
           will
           weare
           the
           Badge
           of
           slavery
           on
           our
           sleeve
           ,
           to
           brag
           to
           the
           world
           ,
           that
           we
           are
           not
           ashamed
           to
           be
           conquered
           ,
           so
           to
           shew
           our
           nakednesse
           ,
           and
           shame
           ,
           which
           
             Adam
          
           sought
           
           to
           cover
           ,
           when
           he
           once
           saw
           it
           .
           Neither
           in
           mine
           opinion
           is
           it
           reason
           ,
           that
           the
           now
           Nobles
           or
           Gentlemen
           of
           England
           ,
           should
           delight
           in
           name
           imposed
           by
           that
           Saxon
           ;
           seeing
           the
           whole
           race
           of
           Saxons
           is
           for
           the
           most
           part
           rooted
           out
           by
           the
           Danes
           and
           Normans
           ,
           and
           none
           of
           the
           Saxons
           blood
           that
           was
           Noble
           ,
           or
           almost
           but
           Gentile
           is
           left
           ;
           and
           seeing
           (
           as
           Chronicle
           reporteth
           )
           it
           was
           counted
           in
           the
           daies
           of
           the
           Conquerour
           ,
           a
           reproach
           to
           be
           called
           an
           English
           man
           ,
           or
           to
           joyne
           in
           mariage
           with
           any
           of
           the
           English
           (
           which
           in
           my
           understanding
           is
           Saxons
           nation
           .
           )
           
           
             Redit
             ad
             authores
             genus
             ,
             &
             generosa
             in
             ortus
             exurgunt
             semina
             suos
             .
          
        
         
           And
           verily
           names
           ,
           and
           titles
           ,
           are
           matters
           of
           great
           consideration
           :
           unlesse
           ,
           like
           
             Varro
             ,
          
           not
           caring
           for
           name
           ,
           we
           should
           also
           say
           ,
           that
           the
           God
           whom
           the
           Iews
           worshipped
           ,
           was
           but
           the
           same
           
             Iupiter
             ,
          
           and
           common
           God
           of
           other
           countries
           ,
           though
           otherwise
           called
           ,
           
             Nihil
             interesse
             censens
             ,
             quo
             nomine
             nuncupetur
             dum
             eadem
             res
             intelligatur
             .
          
           But
           in
           the
           union
           of
           the
           
             Sahins
          
           and
           
             Romanes
             ,
          
           (
           as
           
             Eutropius
          
           reporteth
           )
           this
           was
           especially
           agreed
           upon
           ,
           that
           the
           
             Sabins
          
           and
           
             Romanes
          
           should
           assume
           one
           anothers
           
           name
           promiscuously
           :
           so
           that
           by
           no
           meanes
           they
           should
           be
           distinguished
           by
           name
           .
           And
           albeit
           among
           us
           ,
           custome
           hath
           begotten
           prescription
           ,
           yet
           we
           may
           remember
           ,
           what
           is
           well
           said
           in
           the
           Comedy
           :
           
             Nunquam
             ita
             quisquam
             ,
             benè
             subducta
             ratione
             fuit
             ,
             quin
             res
             ,
             aetas
             ,
             usu●
             ,
             aliquid
             apportet
             novi
             ,
             ut
             quae
             prima
             putes
             ,
             post
             in
             experiendo
             ,
             repudias
             .
          
           As
           in
           the
           Romane
           story
           ,
           (
           when
           it
           was
           objected
           that
           innovations
           ,
           were
           dangerous
           to
           the
           state
           ,
           and
           nothing
           was
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           whereof
           formerly
           there
           was
           no
           president
           )
           saith
           
             Canuleius
             .
             Quid
             postea
             ?
             nullane
             res
             nova
             institui
             debet
             ?
             &
             quod
             nondum
             
             est
             factum
             (
             multa
             enim
             nondum
             sunt
             facta
             ,
             in
             novo
             populo
             )
             ea
             ,
             ne
             (
             si
             utilia
             quidem
             sint
             )
             fieri
             oportet
             ?
          
        
         
           Whilest
           we
           of
           England
           were
           put
           apart
           from
           Scotland
           ,
           it
           was
           reason
           we
           should
           have
           a
           name
           divided
           ,
           and
           distinguished
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           retaine
           that
           name
           ,
           and
           condition
           ,
           as
           pleased
           fortune
           to
           impose
           ,
           as
           
             Andromache
          
           saith
           to
           her
           Son
           ,
           
             Sume
             ,
             quod
             casus
             dedit
             :
          
           but
           being
           restored
           
             in
             integrum
             ,
          
           and
           every
           part
           knit
           together
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           like
           reason
           we
           returne
           to
           our
           old
           name
           ,
           and
           say
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           
             I
             will
             goe
             ,
             and
             returne
             to
             my
             former
             husband
             ,
             for
             at
             that
             time
             it
             was
             better
             for
             me
             ,
             than
             
             now
             .
             (
             Hos.
          
           2.
           )
           
             And
             no
             man
             when
             he
             hath
             tasted
             the
             new
             wine
             ,
             but
             saith
             the
             old
             is
             better
             .
          
           So
           that
           as
           the
           Romane
           Empire
           first
           was
           a
           Monarchy
           ,
           afterwards
           governed
           by
           two
           Consuls
           ,
           and
           so
           a
           long
           passing
           through
           divers
           kindes
           of
           governments
           ,
           till
           it
           returned
           to
           his
           former
           state
           of
           Monarchy
           ,
           to
           be
           as
           it
           was
           at
           first
           :
           even
           so
           the
           state
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           first
           was
           as
           a
           Monarchy
           all
           governed
           by
           one
           ;
           since
           it
           was
           divided
           ,
           but
           now
           it
           returneth
           to
           his
           Monarchy
           againe
           ,
           
             Moribus
             antiquis
             res
             stat
             Romana
             virisque
             .
          
        
         
           For
           men
           waxe
           weary
           ,
           in
           time
           ,
           of
           their
           present
           condition
           :
           
           and
           Rome
           
             mole
             laboravit
             sua
          
           :
           or
           rather
           ,
           and
           more
           truly
           ,
           God
           setteth
           bounds
           to
           all
           things
           ,
           which
           they
           cannot
           passe
           :
           even
           the
           mightiest
           powers
           have
           their
           periods
           .
           And
           all
           worldly
           kingdomes
           thus
           changing
           ,
           (
           after
           long
           experience
           )
           say
           ,
           the
           first
           is
           best
           ;
           and
           so
           likewise
           ,
           
             Vt
             rerum
             ,
             ita
             verborum
             interit
             usus
             ,
             quem
             penes
             est
             rerum
             &
             vis
             &
             norma
             loquendi
             .
          
           But
           in
           this
           case
           neither
           the
           thing
           nor
           the
           name
           ,
           being
           changed
           :
           but
           we
           lawfully
           recovering
           that
           which
           was
           lost
           ,
           renuing
           the
           title
           of
           great
           Britain
           ,
           enjoying
           our
           country
           (
           as
           we
           did
           before
           )
           calling
           all
           Britaines
           ,
           and
           holding
           
           all
           things
           in
           the
           same
           safety
           ,
           and
           security
           under
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           (
           as
           before
           under
           names
           of
           England
           and
           Scotland
           )
           say
           all
           and
           each
           to
           other
           ,
           
             Pascite
             ,
             ut
             ante
             ,
             boves
             ,
             pueri
             submittite
             tauros
             .
          
        
         
           It
           is
           a
           good
           and
           gracious
           deed
           to
           provide
           for
           reall
           agreement
           in
           all
           equall
           conjunction
           ,
           and
           mutuall
           participation
           .
           But
           in
           my
           simple
           opinion
           ,
           it
           had
           beene
           
             Verbo
             tollere
             ,
             &
             reipsa
             relinquere
             ,
          
           only
           in
           shew
           to
           take
           away
           difference
           ,
           but
           not
           in
           deed
           ,
           without
           uniting
           both
           kingdomes
           into
           the
           name
           and
           stile
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ;
           for
           ,
           as
           he
           complained
           ,
           
             Tirannus
             occidit
             ?
             Tirannis
             
             vivit
             ?
          
           So
           if
           the
           old
           enmity
           of
           English
           ,
           and
           Scottish
           be
           removed
           ,
           and
           yet
           the
           names
           still
           remaine
           ,
           I
           feare
           that
           the
           very
           names
           would
           ever
           put
           ill
           men
           in
           minde
           of
           olde
           grudge
           ,
           and
           incite
           new
           variance
           :
           as
           is
           said
           of
           one
           ,
           that
           he
           was
           
             Romani
             nominis
             inimicus
             ,
          
           at
           deadly
           hatred
           with
           the
           very
           name
           :
           where
           the
           name
           is
           taken
           for
           the
           very
           cause
           of
           hatred
           .
           As
           ,
           
             Eo
             nomine
             hostis
             ,
          
           for
           that
           cause
           ,
           even
           for
           name
           sake
           he
           is
           an
           enemy
           :
           even
           as
           in
           Rome
           ,
           when
           all
           things
           were
           accorded
           ,
           and
           all
           parties
           pleased
           ,
           only
           a
           name
           ,
           which
           was
           in
           dislike
           among
           them
           ,
           was
           thought
           hinderance
           to
           their
           
           mutuall
           concord
           ,
           and
           content
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Non
             placere
             nomen
             ,
             id
             periculo
             sum
             esse
             ,
             id
             officere
             ,
             id
             obstare
             libertati
             :
          
           and
           therefore
           the
           Sanate
           perswaded
           
             Lucius
             ,
             Tarquinius
             ,
             Collatinus
             ,
          
           otherwise
           in
           all
           respects
           approved
           ,
           and
           beloved
           of
           all
           ,
           even
           for
           his
           names
           sake
           ,
           to
           forsake
           his
           office
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Absolve
             beneficium
             ,
             amicus
             abi
             ,
             exonera
             civitatem
             vano
             (
             forsan
             )
             metu
             .
          
           This
           I
           speake
           ,
           lest
           retaining
           former
           name
           of
           English
           ,
           and
           Scottish
           ,
           which
           heretofore
           hath
           been
           offensive
           to
           each
           other
           ,
           we
           call
           (
           as
           before
           is
           spoken
           )
           the
           ill
           disposed
           to
           former
           opposition
           ,
           as
           between
           fire
           ,
           and
           water
           ,
           even
           
           to
           
             Kindle
             such
             a
             fire
             in
             Iacob
             ,
             as
             will
             devoure
             in
             Israel
             ,
             and
             no
             water
             shall
             be
             able
             to
             quench
             it
             in
             Bethel
             .
          
           Where
           it
           may
           be
           thought
           more
           fit
           ,
           to
           set
           aside
           all
           difference
           of
           former
           names
           :
           
             Vt
             exoneremus
             rempub.
             vano
             (
             forsan
             )
             metu
          
           ;
           as
           it
           is
           said
           of
           one
           ,
           
             Quod
             nihil
             est
             metuit
             ,
             metuit
             ,
             sine
             corpore
             nomen
             .
          
           And
           if
           any
           account
           the
           feare
           of
           name
           nothing
           ,
           (
           bee
           it
           also
           say
           I
           nothing
           )
           yet
           a
           man
           cannot
           be
           too
           carefull
           ,
           or
           fearefull
           of
           that
           which
           is
           counted
           even
           nothing
           ,
           seeing
           it
           is
           said
           .
           
             Qui
             cavet
             ,
             vix
             etiam
             cavet
             ,
             dum
             cavet
             .
          
        
         
         
           Let
           former
           destructions
           be
           present
           instructions
           .
           Offensive
           distinction
           of
           names
           hath
           bred
           much
           woe
           .
           In
           
             Italy
          
           faction
           of
           Guelphs
           and
           Gibelines
           arose
           for
           name
           sake
           .
           In
           England
           much
           blood
           for
           the
           white
           and
           red
           Rose
           .
           In
           
             Iustinians
          
           time
           fearefull
           division
           betweene
           the
           Veneti
           and
           Parsini
           about
           colours
           blew
           and
           greene
           .
           In
           which
           grievous
           contentions
           ,
           arising
           first
           of
           small
           or
           no
           cause
           but
           only
           of
           difference
           in
           name
           and
           diversity
           of
           colours
           ,
           deadly
           hatred
           is
           oft
           times
           kindled
           among
           former
           friends
           ,
           as
           against
           sworne
           enemies
           .
           After
           
             Phalarides
          
           death
           ,
           the
           
             Agrigentini
          
           made
           
           a
           decree
           that
           none
           should
           use
           
             glauca
             veste
             ,
          
           because
           the
           Tirants
           did
           use
           
             glaucis
             subligaculis
             :
          
           for
           they
           hated
           whatsoever
           might
           remember
           them
           of
           former
           Tiranny
           .
           And
           the
           Romanes
           publiquely
           ordained
           ,
           that
           no
           Romane
           should
           be
           ever
           called
           after
           the
           name
           of
           
             Manlius
          
           ;
           for
           ,
           because
           his
           remembrance
           was
           displeasing
           ,
           they
           would
           have
           his
           name
           utterly
           perish
           .
           I
           wish
           that
           
             nomen
             ,
          
           or
           
             mentio
             ipsa
             ,
          
           the
           names
           English
           ,
           and
           Scottish
           ,
           borders
           ,
           former
           feud
           ,
           wars
           and
           bloodshed
           between
           the
           two
           nations
           ,
           were
           not
           once
           mentioned
           within
           our
           lips
           ,
           but
           as
           
             nomen
             Pelopidarum
          
           
           utterly
           put
           out
           ,
           abolished
           ,
           and
           never
           heard
           of
           ,
           as
           that
           which
           is
           laid
           up
           in
           silence
           in
           the
           Grave
           :
           even
           now
           that
           not
           the
           least
           occasion
           be
           left
           ,
           no
           not
           in
           sport
           or
           
             inter
             ludicra
             certamina
          
           (
           as
           we
           have
           a
           name
           of
           play
           amongst
           us
           called
           prison
           base
           ,
           one
           part
           striving
           for
           England
           ,
           and
           another
           for
           Scotland
           ,
           representing
           unto
           us
           the
           variance
           betwixt
           both
           nations
           )
           lest
           it
           prove
           ,
           as
           that
           betwixt
           them
           two
           brethren
           ,
           
             Demetrius
             ,
          
           and
           
             Perseus
             ,
          
           King
           
             Phillips
          
           sons
           ;
           who
           
             in
             ludicio
             certamine
             ,
          
           opposite
           one
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           with
           their
           companies
           divided
           on
           both
           sides
           ,
           fell
           in
           earnest
           unto
           a
           
           maine
           deadly
           warre
           one
           against
           the
           other
           .
           I
           say
           ,
           as
           neare
           as
           may
           be
           ,
           these
           opposite
           tearmes
           of
           Scottish
           and
           English
           should
           cease
           ;
           except
           they
           remaine
           ,
           as
           only
           they
           ought
           remaine
           ,
           Epithites
           pertaining
           to
           one
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           and
           to
           one
           people
           Britaines
           ,
           as
           all
           the
           Iewes
           of
           all
           the
           severall
           Tribes
           ,
           were
           called
           
             Iacob
             Gods
             people
             ,
             and
             Israel
             his
             inheritance
             .
          
        
         
           And
           herein
           (
           seeing
           as
           
             Vegetius
          
           saith
           )
           
             princip●●
             est
             pro
             salute
             R●ipub
             .
             &
             nova
             excogitare
             ,
             &
             antiqua
             restituere
          
           )
           both
           nations
           ought
           joyfully
           applaud
           the
           late
           proclamation
           ,
           &
           in
           all
           humbleness
           of
           duty
           ,
           
           submit
           themselves
           to
           the
           Kings
           Majesties
           good
           pleasure
           ,
           seeking
           thereby
           the
           common
           good
           of
           Weale
           publique
           ,
           and
           not
           his
           owne
           glory
           (
           as
           they
           doe
           ,
           who
           call
           their
           lands
           after
           their
           owne
           name
           ,
           to
           get
           a
           name
           upon
           earth
           :
           and
           as
           
             Valens
          
           the
           Emperour
           desired
           (
           according
           to
           his
           ambitious
           ,
           and
           vaine-glorious
           humour
           ,
           )
           to
           call
           this
           whole
           Continent
           
             Valentia
             ,
          
           after
           his
           owne
           name
           :
           for
           which
           thing
           also
           
             Henoch
          
           the
           Son
           of
           
             Cain
             ,
          
           building
           a
           City
           ,
           was
           first
           noted
           ,
           )
           but
           as
           a
           King
           most
           gracious
           ,
           not
           
             natus
             sibi
             sed
             patriae
          
           (
           as
           
             Hadrian
          
           the
           Emperour
           professed
           before
           all
           :
           
             Ita
             se
             rempublicam
             
             gesturum
             ,
             ut
             sciret
             populi
             rem
             esse
             non
             propriam
          
           )
           thinketh
           only
           on
           the
           ancient
           name
           ,
           
             Non
             tam
             mutans
             ,
             quam
             aptans
             ,
          
           so
           to
           roote
           out
           remembrance
           of
           former
           hatred
           ,
           and
           to
           unite
           both
           into
           one
           .
           
             Pastor
             populi
             non
             suum
             ipsius
             ,
             sed
             Subditorum
             quaerit
             commodum
             :
             &
             officio
             suo
             semper
             fungitur
             ,
             utilitati
             consulens
             ,
             &
             societati
             .
          
        
         
           Change
           of
           names
           hath
           ever
           been
           thought
           meet
           in
           policy
           ,
           even
           where
           men
           formerly
           Strangers
           ,
           and
           of
           divers
           kingdomes
           were
           to
           bee
           trained
           up
           together
           ,
           and
           framed
           in
           fashion
           one
           to
           the
           other
           :
           as
           were
           given
           to
           
             Daniel
             ,
             Hananiah
             ,
             Mishaell
             ,
          
           
           and
           
             Azariah
             ,
             (
             Dan.
          
           1.
           )
           new
           ,
           and
           other
           names
           .
           And
           
             Daniel
             was
             called
             Baltasar
             ,
             and
             Hananiah
             ,
             Shadrah
             ,
             and
             Mishael
             Mesach
             ,
             and
             Azariah
             Abednego
          
           of
           purpose
           ,
           by
           changing
           their
           names
           ,
           to
           make
           these
           forget
           themselves
           ,
           their
           country
           ,
           and
           if
           it
           were
           possible
           ,
           the
           God
           of
           their
           fathers
           .
           And
           so
           the
           Turkes
           have
           ,
           from
           time
           to
           time
           ,
           in
           their
           pollicy
           changed
           the
           old
           names
           of
           those
           places
           ,
           they
           now
           possesse
           ,
           which
           before
           professed
           Christiany
           ,
           and
           when
           upon
           any
           Conquest
           ,
           they
           take
           into
           their
           governement
           Christians
           ,
           they
           impose
           on
           them
           new
           names
           ,
           to
           live
           like
           them
           ,
           
           and
           as
           one
           people
           among
           them
           ;
           and
           shall
           we
           thinke
           it
           a
           wrong
           or
           inconvenience
           ,
           that
           ,
           if
           a
           Grecian
           Prince
           or
           other
           Christian
           King
           recover
           against
           the
           Turke
           ,
           they
           afterward
           abolish
           a
           name
           imposed
           on
           them
           ,
           and
           call
           any
           Province
           ,
           People
           or
           City
           after
           their
           olde
           and
           ancient
           name
           ?
           
             Et
             si
             hoc
             in
             arido
             ,
             quid
             in
             viridi
             ?
          
           If
           this
           be
           done
           (
           
             ex
             facto
          
           )
           by
           the
           children
           of
           this
           world
           ,
           unto
           an
           evill
           end
           :
           may
           not
           his
           Majesty
           in
           his
           princely
           wisdome
           
             (
             Fas
             estet
             ab
             hoste
             doceri
             )
             (
             ex
             jure
             )
          
           for
           the
           undoubted
           good
           of
           the
           children
           of
           light
           call
           to
           remembrance
           ,
           and
           put
           in
           execution
           
           the
           wise
           Councell
           of
           
             Maecenas
          
           to
           
             Augustus
             :
          
           to
           take
           away
           all
           differences
           whatsoever
           ,
           even
           of
           the
           meanest
           things
           which
           might
           bee
           thought
           on
           ,
           whether
           of
           name
           or
           apparrell
           ,
           or
           any
           thing
           else
           ,
           to
           the
           intent
           all
           things
           might
           be
           throughly
           composed
           in
           one
           uniforme
           fashion
           ,
           and
           conformity
           among
           all
           his
           Subjects
           ,
           to
           their
           undoubted
           good
           ?
        
         
           It
           hath
           been
           often
           observed
           ,
           that
           
             Parva
             scintilla
             neglecta
             magnum
             saepe
             excitavit
             incendium
             .
          
           And
           sores
           sleightly
           cured
           ,
           break
           forth
           into
           greater
           danger
           .
           And
           ,
           if
           I
           might
           boldly
           write
           my
           minde
           without
           mislike
           ,
           I
           
           would
           undertake
           sufficiently
           to
           prove
           ,
           that
           if
           the
           name
           had
           not
           been
           changed
           into
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           it
           might
           be
           feared
           we
           should
           not
           long
           (
           as
           we
           ought
           ever
           )
           continue
           one
           ;
           and
           that
           (
           love
           being
           not
           without
           dissimulation
           )
           we
           would
           among
           our selves
           ,
           as
           is
           upbraided
           to
           the
           inconstancy
           of
           another
           Nation
           (
           now
           not
           to
           be
           here
           named
           )
           
             Ridendo
             fidem
             frangere
             ,
          
           and
           so
           love
           ,
           as
           that
           we
           would
           hate
           againe
           .
           For
           as
           a
           chiefe
           inhabitant
           ,
           and
           commander
           in
           
             privernum
             ,
          
           being
           asked
           in
           the
           Senate
           at
           Rome
           ,
           what
           peace
           they
           should
           expect
           ,
           answered
           ,
           
             S●
             bonam
             dederitis
             ,
             fidam
             ,
             &
             perpetuam
             :
             si
             malam
             ,
             
             haud
             diuturnam
             .
          
           So
           here
           may
           it
           be
           said
           ,
           if
           union
           in
           name
           ,
           bring
           also
           in
           deed
           ,
           a
           good
           composition
           ,
           and
           faithfull
           conjunction
           
             bona
             fide
             ,
          
           it
           will
           doubtlesse
           by
           Gods
           goodnesse
           ,
           last
           ever
           :
           but
           otherwise
           I
           feare
           (
           which
           God
           forbid
           )
           may
           againe
           rent
           in
           sunder
           ,
           and
           make
           the
           
             new
             breach
             worse
             than
             the
             former
             .
          
           And
           therefore
           wise
           was
           that
           saying
           ;
           
             Ejusdem
             jurit
             esse
             debent
             qui
             sub
             eodem
             rege
             victuri
             sunt
          
           ;
           and
           that
           practise
           of
           
             Romulus
          
           renowned
           ,
           who
           by
           union
           of
           divers
           Nations
           ,
           
             Eodem
             nomine
             &
             eodem
             jure
             Latinos
             vocavit
             .
          
           And
           hereof
           grew
           the
           
             Italicum
             bellum
             ,
          
           because
           the
           Latines
           united
           in
           
           other
           respects
           ,
           were
           not
           joyned
           
             eodem
             jure
          
           with
           the
           Romanes
           .
           To
           speak
           plaine
           ,
           we
           all
           confesse
           our
           union
           in
           our
           obedience
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           as
           to
           the
           head
           :
           but
           yet
           without
           continuance
           of
           that
           union
           also
           in
           the
           name
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           and
           of
           other
           things
           thereto
           requisite
           (
           to
           be
           farther
           by
           the
           Honourable
           Commissioners
           considered
           )
           I
           feare
           wee
           shall
           prove
           ,
           as
           imperfect
           ,
           if
           not
           deformed
           a
           body
           ,
           as
           
             Apelles
          
           (
           before
           noted
           )
           painted
           
             Venus
             ,
          
           only
           perfect
           in
           the
           head
           ,
           and
           left
           all
           the
           parts
           of
           the
           body
           unperfect
           .
           Neither
           can
           I
           ,
           for
           my
           part
           ,
           imagine
           that
           part
           of
           
           the
           body
           well
           united
           to
           his
           head
           ,
           which
           doth
           not
           concur
           with
           all
           the
           body
           in
           all
           his
           parts
           perfect
           with
           the
           head
           .
           
             Vt
             nec
             pes
             nec
             caput
             uni
             reddatur
             formae
             .
          
        
         
           Herein
           let
           natures
           workmanship
           in
           our
           naturall
           bodies
           leade
           us
           to
           the
           imitation
           of
           her
           wisdome
           ,
           in
           the
           government
           of
           bodies
           civill
           :
           and
           as
           she
           hath
           in
           naturall
           mixtion
           reduced
           the
           foure
           contrary
           Elements
           into
           a
           temperate
           and
           agreeing
           conformity
           ,
           by
           taking
           away
           suspition
           of
           emulation
           ,
           making
           them
           lose
           their
           proper
           names
           ,
           and
           joyntly
           called
           
             mistionis
             forma
             :
          
           so
           should
           we
           by
           temperate
           discretion
           
           be
           willingly
           united
           with
           our
           neighbour
           friends
           into
           one
           corporation
           :
           especially
           seeing
           the
           reality
           of
           every
           thing
           we
           enjoy
           is
           to
           continue
           in
           all
           respects
           the
           same
           ,
           and
           only
           a
           formality
           of
           appellation
           a
           little
           changed
           .
           
             Naturam
             ducem
             dum
             sequimur
             non
             aberrabimus
             ,
          
           said
           he
           :
           and
           the
           God
           of
           nature
           hath
           spoken
           it
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           must
           beleeve
           ,
           
             That
             a
             kingdome
             divided
             cannot
             stand
             ,
          
           howsoever
           it
           may
           glory
           in
           the
           multitude
           of
           his
           parts
           :
           wherein
           a
           common
           Weale
           may
           fitly
           be
           resembled
           to
           musicall
           instruments
           ;
           which
           howsoever
           consisting
           of
           the
           multitude
           of
           strings
           ,
           yet
           the
           harmony
           
           is
           in
           the
           unity
           of
           proportion
           with
           agreeable
           consent
           of
           distinct
           sounds
           .
           Now
           as
           a
           little
           jarre
           in
           musicke
           ,
           a
           little
           intention
           or
           remission
           of
           any
           one
           string
           discordeth
           all
           the
           harmony
           ;
           so
           in
           this
           excellent
           musicall
           concord
           of
           a
           well
           ordered
           kingdome
           ,
           never
           so
           small
           difference
           ,
           though
           it
           be
           but
           titular
           betweene
           the
           severall
           parts
           of
           one
           common-weale
           ,
           sometimes
           breedeth
           hatred
           ,
           oftentimes
           envy
           ,
           but
           alwaies
           emulation
           .
           Whereupon
           
             Philip
             Comines
          
           well
           observed
           ,
           
             Finitimorum
             aemulationem
             nativam
             esse
             :
          
           that
           it
           was
           essentiall
           for
           neighbour
           regions
           to
           emulate
           one
           the
           
           other
           :
           which
           is
           only
           remedied
           by
           taking
           away
           the
           frets
           and
           by
           incorporation
           making
           them
           not
           now
           our
           neighbours
           ,
           but
           all
           one
           with
           our selves
           .
           And
           herein
           consisteth
           the
           nature
           of
           true
           mixtion
           (
           whereat
           all
           Common
           weales
           should
           tend
           )
           when
           every
           thing
           remaineth
           that
           was
           ,
           yet
           nothing
           as
           it
           was
           ;
           when
           many
           contrary
           things
           yeeld
           up
           their
           contrariety
           and
           plurality
           unto
           one
           ,
           consisting
           of
           all
           ;
           which
           participating
           of
           all
           their
           reconciled
           natures
           ,
           imposeth
           only
           a
           new
           name
           ,
           to
           their
           new
           manner
           of
           being
           ,
           which
           is
           to
           be
           one
           instead
           of
           many
           ;
           and
           that
           not
           
           by
           coacervation
           or
           apposition
           of
           things
           without
           farther
           mixtion
           ,
           remaining
           still
           distinct
           within
           themselves
           ,
           but
           by
           
             union
          
           of
           consociation
           ,
           which
           taketh
           nothing
           away
           from
           these
           things
           that
           were
           before
           distinct
           ,
           but
           their
           distinction
           .
           Out
           of
           which
           mistion
           will
           arise
           excellent
           temperature
           ,
           which
           we
           hope
           long
           to
           see
           in
           our
           Brittish
           Common-Weale
           ,
           wherein
           no
           humour
           either
           of
           English
           or
           Scottish
           may
           be
           predominant
           ,
           but
           
             temperamentum
             aequabile
             ,
          
           and
           that
           
             ad
             pondus
          
           too
           .
           Which
           as
           it
           is
           seldome
           found
           anywhere
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           alwaies
           found
           where
           it
           is
           found
           with
           perennity
           .
           
           And
           concerning
           such
           mistion
           was
           that
           said
           of
           
             Romulus
          
           and
           
             Trajanus
             ,
          
           and
           now
           may
           it
           be
           said
           of
           King
           
             Iames
             ,
          
           and
           King
           
             Charles
             ;
             Diversas
             gentes
             ita
             commercio
             miscuit
             ut
             quod
             genitum
             esset
             usquam
             id
             apud
             omnes
             natum
             esse
             videretur
             .
          
           And
           of
           such
           mixtion
           may
           that
           of
           
             Zeno
          
           be
           said
           ,
           
             alterius
             chorus
             major
             ,
             meus
             antem
             concinnior
             :
          
           Another
           Kings
           Empire
           may
           be
           greater
           ,
           consisting
           of
           diversity
           of
           Nations
           ,
           but
           ours
           more
           compact
           and
           united
           in
           one
           .
           And
           this
           mixtion
           of
           both
           our
           nations
           so
           mixed
           in
           one
           ,
           bringeth
           forth
           but
           one
           title
           of
           GREAT
           BRITAINE
           .
           
             Vnum
             ,
             sed
             leonem
             ,
          
           as
           the
           proverb
           saith
           .
        
         
         
           Which
           I
           the
           rather
           urge
           here
           ,
           against
           
             Polititians
          
           (
           if
           any
           such
           be
           )
           of
           this
           age
           ,
           who
           seeke
           to
           nourish
           faction
           and
           opposition
           in
           the
           State
           ,
           and
           Common-Weale
           ,
           and
           think
           nothing
           better
           ,
           
             Quam
             si
             in
             commune
             non
             consulant
          
           ;
           who
           ever
           have
           a
           
             Rowland
          
           for
           an
           
             Oliver
          
           ;
           where
           fearefull
           experience
           doth
           often
           shew
           the
           fruits
           of
           that
           Axiom
           ,
           
             Contraria
             contrariis
             curatur
             .
          
           Which
           manner
           of
           keeping
           Subjects
           one
           opposite
           ,
           and
           offensive
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           is
           a
           flinty
           ,
           and
           fiery
           society
           ,
           even
           
             Societas
             lapidum
             ,
             fornicationi
             similima
             ,
             quae
             casura
             ,
             nisi
             invicem
             obstarent
             ,
             hoc
             enim
             ipso
             continetur
             .
          
           And
           this
           practise
           ,
           
           wheresoever
           prevaileing
           ,
           is
           more
           then
           Machivelian
           ,
           even
           devillish
           ,
           sowing
           seed
           of
           dissention
           in
           parts
           ,
           to
           destroy
           the
           whole
           .
           Therefore
           it
           being
           an
           infallible
           ,
           but
           woefull
           ground
           of
           truth
           ,
           
             Nulla
             salus
             bello
          
           ;
           It
           is
           meete
           that
           all
           and
           every
           Subject
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           understand
           ,
           and
           professe
           the
           other
           part
           of
           that
           Verse
           ,
           
             Pacem
             te
             poscimus
             omnes
             .
          
           For
           so
           I
           thinke
           this
           Axiome
           in
           a
           State
           ,
           is
           better
           for
           preservation
           of
           Weale
           publique
           :
           
             Similima
             similimus
             nutriuntur
             .
          
        
         
           And
           if
           I
           were
           worthy
           ,
           here
           would
           I
           advise
           all
           the
           
           Magistrates
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           which
           either
           now
           do
           ,
           or
           hereafter
           shall
           beare
           rule
           under
           their
           high
           Soveraigne
           ,
           in
           any
           parts
           of
           his
           dominions
           ,
           to
           remember
           in
           all
           their
           high
           honours
           ,
           that
           
             Cleo
             ,
          
           and
           
             Themistocles
          
           tooke
           contrary
           courses
           ,
           and
           were
           both
           misliked
           in
           time
           of
           their
           Magistracy
           .
           For
           
             Cleo
          
           called
           all
           his
           friends
           ,
           and
           old
           acquaintance
           together
           ,
           and
           renounced
           them
           openly
           ,
           giving
           them
           to
           understand
           ,
           that
           now
           he
           was
           so
           advanced
           ,
           they
           should
           expect
           nothing
           from
           him
           for
           former
           friendships
           sake
           .
           And
           
             Themistocles
          
           answered
           one
           ,
           wishing
           him
           to
           be
           alike
           to
           all
           ,
           and
           not
           partiall
           ,
           
           that
           he
           would
           not
           sit
           in
           seate
           of
           honour
           ,
           and
           not
           doe
           more
           good
           to
           former
           friends
           than
           to
           others
           .
           But
           truth
           is
           ,
           in
           a
           Common-wealth
           ,
           nor
           disdaine
           of
           former
           friends
           becommeth
           
             Cleo
             ,
          
           nor
           partiall
           favours
           
             Themistocles
          
           ;
           for
           community
           regardeth
           neither
           any
           man
           ,
           neither
           any
           cause
           for
           private
           respects
           ,
           but
           is
           as
           the
           Sun
           ,
           yeelding
           alike
           common
           comfort
           to
           all
           :
           which
           thing
           I
           wish
           all
           ,
           as
           one
           man
           ,
           wisely
           to
           perceive
           ,
           and
           willingly
           performe
           .
           And
           yet
           may
           
             Cyrus
          
           have
           in
           remembrance
           ,
           the
           very
           meanest
           of
           them
           ,
           with
           whom
           sometimes
           he
           lived
           .
           And
           
             Ahasuerus
          
           looking
           into
           
           the
           Chronicles
           may
           remember
           those
           which
           have
           saved
           the
           King
           from
           any
           ,
           who
           sought
           to
           lay
           violent
           hands
           upon
           him
           .
           And
           the
           
             Macedonians
          
           may
           not
           either
           grudge
           ,
           or
           disdaine
           that
           
             Alexander
          
           prefer
           the
           
             Persians
          
           before
           them
           of
           his
           owne
           Countrey
           .
           
             Ecquis
             est
             qui
             vestra
             necessaria
             suffragia
             pro
             voluntariis
             ,
             &
             serva
             pro
             liberis
             faciat
             ?
          
        
         
           But
           to
           returne
           into
           the
           Kings
           high
           way
           for
           the
           name
           of
           Britaine
           :
           seeing
           his
           Majesty
           may
           say
           ,
           
             Non
             me
             Troja
             capit
             ,
          
           Scotland
           alone
           doth
           not
           containe
           my
           greatnesse
           :
           and
           therefore
           speaketh
           also
           to
           England
           :
           
             Salve
             fatis
             mihi
             
             debita
             tellus
             :
          
           England
           is
           also
           the
           lot
           of
           mine
           inheritance
           :
           and
           both
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           will
           I
           make
           one
           Empire
           ,
           and
           renew
           their
           names
           into
           the
           first
           title
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           
             Ilium
             in
             Italiam
             portans
             :
          
           (
           though
           in
           removing
           all
           the
           gods
           out
           of
           the
           Temple
           ,
           to
           give
           place
           to
           
             Iupiter
             ,
          
           only
           that
           petty
           god
           
             Terminus
          
           refused
           ,
           and
           would
           not
           move
           )
           yet
           let
           the
           
             Termini
             ,
          
           and
           bounds
           of
           both
           our
           Nations
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           people
           therein
           contained
           ,
           willingly
           give
           place
           to
           the
           just
           pleasure
           of
           their
           sole
           Monarch
           ,
           and
           even
           in
           this
           also
           ,
           acknowledge
           K.
           
             Charles
          
           their
           
           supreame
           head
           ,
           and
           governour
           :
           where
           obedience
           in
           each
           Subject
           ,
           is
           like
           the
           reconciled
           
             Genius
             ,
             utriusque
             regni
             :
          
           which
           though
           before
           was
           as
           angry
           
             Iuno
             ,
          
           much
           adverse
           to
           the
           Romanes
           ,
           yet
           now
           like
           
             Iuno
             ,
          
           out
           of
           her
           very
           image
           seemeth
           to
           speake
           aloud
           ,
           
             Romam
             se
             velle
             ire
             :
          
           Anger
           is
           appeased
           ,
           displeasure
           forgotten
           ,
           and
           discord
           come
           to
           a
           perpetuall
           end
           .
        
         
           
             Nec
             quenquam
             incuso
             potuit
             quae
             plurima
             virtus
          
           
             Esse
             ,
             fuit
             :
             toto
             certatum
             est
             corpore
             regni
             :
          
        
         
           And
           now
           the
           whole
           common-weale
           ,
           
             odiis
             saturata
             ,
             quiescit
             .
          
        
         
         
           Neither
           may
           contention
           ,
           either
           of
           antiquity
           ,
           or
           any
           other
           dignity
           (
           whereabout
           
             Albanes
             ,
          
           and
           
             Romanes
             ,
          
           so
           much
           contended
           ,
           and
           would
           not
           yeeld
           one
           to
           the
           other
           )
           breake
           this
           common
           band
           of
           love
           among
           our selves
           ,
           or
           loyalty
           to
           our
           Soveraigne
           ,
           who
           imbraceth
           both
           Nations
           with
           equall
           and
           indifferent
           love
           .
           But
           we
           ought
           to
           consider
           ,
           that
           both
           English
           and
           Scottish
           (
           
             quis
             major
             ?
             aeque
             ambo
             pares
          
           )
           making
           no
           question
           of
           difference
           for
           common
           goods
           sake
           ,
           without
           difference
           may
           challenge
           like
           interest
           in
           his
           Majesties
           favour
           (
           
             Et
             vitula
             tu
             dignus
             &
             hic
          
           )
           to
           bee
           
           divided
           equally
           ,
           and
           graciously
           among
           all
           ,
           by
           Geometricall
           proportion
           as
           his
           Majesty
           shall
           be
           pleased
           to
           deeme
           meet
           .
           Which
           thing
           may
           move
           all
           to
           mutuall
           kindnesse
           ,
           and
           reciprocate
           love
           one
           towards
           the
           other
           ,
           with
           an
           orderly
           conformity
           of
           both
           to
           live
           together
           in
           all
           peace
           ,
           and
           Christian
           charity
           ,
           affectioned
           to
           love
           one
           
             another
             ,
             with
             brotherly
             love
             ,
             and
             in
             giving
             honour
             to
             go
             one
             before
             the
             other
          
           ;
           Rom.
           12.
           as
           it
           is
           said
           of
           
             Scipio
          
           and
           
             Lelius
             ,
             actuosae
             vitae
             iter
             aequali
             gradu
             exequebantur
          
           :
           not
           grudgingly
           ,
           nor
           contentiously
           ,
           striving
           for
           prerogative
           of
           blessing
           and
           
             birth-right
             ,
          
           
           in
           his
           Majesties
           favour
           ;
           as
           if
           it
           might
           be
           said
           to
           his
           highnesse
           ,
           
             Hast
             thou
             but
             one
             blessing
             ,
             my
             father
             ?
             Gen.
          
           27.
           for
           his
           Majesties
           abundance
           ,
           and
           overflowing
           measure
           of
           honour
           ,
           poureth
           forth
           ,
           as
           out
           of
           a
           fountain
           ,
           streames
           to
           fill
           up
           every
           empty
           channell
           ,
           
             Nemo
             ex
             hoc
             numero
             mihi
             non
             donatus
             abibit
          
           ;
           and
           where
           every
           one
           may
           be
           contented
           ,
           
             Cuncta
             aderunt
             ;
             animus
             ,
             si
             te
             non
             deficit
             aequus
             .
          
           Herein
           let
           us
           take
           example
           from
           the
           Romane
           Common
           Weale
           (
           and
           surely
           for
           our
           instruction
           may
           it
           be
           said
           ,
           
             Nulla
             unquam
             respublica
             ,
             nec
             major
             ,
             nec
             sanctior
             ,
             nec
             bonis
             exemplis
             ditior
             fuit
          
           )
           
           where
           
             Dyonisius
             Halicarnasseus
          
           giveth
           us
           a
           strange
           shew
           of
           two
           Consuls
           
             Largius
          
           and
           
             Claelius
             ,
          
           who
           both
           strove
           to
           give
           precedence
           one
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           preferring
           each
           other
           before
           himselfe
           ,
           and
           reckoning
           one
           anothers
           worth
           before
           his
           owne
           :
           and
           this
           done
           ,
           two
           or
           three
           severall
           times
           ,
           neither
           presuming
           to
           goe
           before
           the
           other
           ,
           but
           still
           refusing
           ,
           and
           could
           by
           no
           meanes
           either
           be
           perswaded
           to
           take
           the
           preheminence
           one
           before
           the
           other
           .
           But
           is
           any
           mans
           eye
           evill
           ,
           because
           the
           Kings
           eye
           in
           speciall
           and
           gracious
           aspect
           is
           good
           ?
           Doubtlesse
           when
           a
           King
           doth
           
           not
           all
           things
           
             ad
             voluntatem
             ,
             sed
             ad
             utilitatem
             omnium
          
           ;
           they
           which
           mislike
           ,
           (
           and
           yet
           seeme
           of
           the
           same
           league
           ,
           and
           society
           with
           others
           )
           doe
           notwithstanding
           like
           
             Nahaz
          
           the
           
             Ammonite
             ,
          
           (
           1
           
             Sam.
          
           11.
           )
           joyne
           in
           common
           covenant
           with
           others
           ,
           but
           on
           condition
           onely
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           
             thrust
             out
             the
             others
             right
             eyes
             .
             Hoccine
             in
             commune
             honores
             vocare
             ?
             quaenam
             ista
             societas
             ?
             quaenam
             consortio
             est
             ?
          
        
         
           But
           whosoever
           intendeth
           truely
           the
           common
           good
           ,
           let
           him
           remember
           ,
           that
           
             Solon
          
           said
           ,
           The
           onely
           way
           to
           keep
           subjects
           in
           unity
           ,
           is
           to
           maintaine
           an
           equality
           for
           all
           :
           for
           
           
             motus
             ,
          
           as
           
             Plato
          
           saith
           ,
           is
           
             in
             inequalitate
          
           ;
           but
           
             status
             ,
          
           and
           
             quies
             in
             aequalitate
             :
          
           which
           thing
           is
           spoken
           ,
           not
           to
           breed
           ,
           or
           maintaine
           parity
           in
           condition
           of
           men
           ,
           for
           that
           equality
           were
           true
           inequality
           ,
           nay
           iniquity
           ,
           so
           to
           confound
           the
           world
           .
           But
           these
           things
           are
           alleadged
           to
           shew
           ,
           that
           our
           gracious
           Soveraign
           may
           herein
           (
           I
           speake
           under
           favour
           )
           be
           resembled
           to
           
             IANVS
             ,
          
           who
           had
           two
           faces
           ,
           to
           looke
           forward
           ,
           to
           looke
           backward
           :
           for
           so
           his
           Majesty
           is
           set
           in
           the
           middest
           ,
           sole
           Soveraigne
           of
           all
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           to
           looke
           on
           England
           ,
           to
           looke
           back
           to
           Scotland
           ,
           and
           with
           princely
           and
           
           favourable
           aspect
           to
           countenance
           both
           ,
           
             Tros
             Rutulusve
             fuat
             ,
             nullo
             discrimine
             habebo
             :
          
           where
           both
           being
           made
           one
           common
           Countrey
           ,
           that
           saying
           may
           well
           befit
           our
           common
           Emperour
           ;
           
             Hostem
             qui
             feriet
             ,
             mihi
             erit
             Carthaginensis
             ,
             quisquis
             erit
             .
          
           And
           there
           is
           that
           equality
           ,
           before
           mentioned
           ,
           distilling
           from
           his
           Grace
           and
           Majesty
           in
           honouring
           ,
           and
           defending
           both
           alike
           ,
           (
           
             lusta
             pari
             premitur
             ,
             veluti
             cum
             pondere
             libra
             ,
             prona
             nec
             hac
             plus
             parte
             sedet
             nec
             surgit
             ab
             illa
             .
          
           )
           where
           none
           ought
           strive
           contentiously
           ,
           lest
           they
           seeme
           to
           offer
           violence
           to
           the
           Kings
           Grace
           ,
           or
           to
           his
           honour
           ,
           or
           to
           both
           :
           
           as
           the
           Mid-wife
           charged
           
             Pharez
          
           in
           making
           the
           breach
           betweene
           him
           and
           his
           brother
           ,
           by
           forcing
           his
           birth
           before
           his
           brothers
           ,
           through
           strife
           in
           his
           mothers
           womb
           ;
           whose
           name
           therefore
           ,
           was
           called
           
             Pharez
             ,
          
           which
           signifieth
           division
           .
        
         
           But
           our
           brotherhood
           is
           not
           in
           strife
           ,
           as
           that
           of
           
             Cain
          
           and
           
             Abel
             ,
             Esau
          
           and
           
             Iacob
             ,
             Ismael
          
           and
           
             Isaac
             :
          
           nor
           as
           that
           of
           
             Geta
          
           and
           
             Antoninus
             ,
          
           sonnes
           to
           the
           Emperour
           
             Severus
             :
          
           after
           whose
           death
           ,
           their
           mother
           
             Iulia
          
           was
           forced
           to
           divide
           the
           Empire
           betwixt
           her
           sonnes
           ,
           severing
           and
           setting
           them
           asunder
           into
           separate
           governments
           ,
           with
           a
           sea
           
           betwixt
           them
           ,
           because
           of
           their
           hot
           contentions
           and
           implacable
           hatred
           .
           And
           God
           forbid
           ,
           that
           we
           should
           by
           opposite
           contentions
           one
           against
           another
           ,
           provoke
           the
           common
           parent
           of
           both
           our
           Nations
           ,
           as
           those
           two
           brethren
           did
           their
           parent
           
             Iulia
             ,
          
           to
           cry
           out
           against
           us
           ,
           as
           she
           did
           against
           them
           :
           O
           my
           sons
           ,
           you
           have
           found
           the
           way
           how
           to
           be
           severed
           and
           divided
           by
           sea
           and
           land
           ,
           into
           distinct
           regiments
           ,
           and
           '
           as
           you
           say
           ,
           the
           water
           divides
           you
           one
           from
           the
           other
           :
           but
           how
           will
           you
           divide
           me
           your
           mother
           ?
           How
           shall
           I
           bee
           divided
           between
           you
           both
           ?
           Will
           you
           dissect
           mee
           into
           
           parts
           also
           ,
           As
           them
           two
           lovers
           (
           mentioned
           by
           
             Plutarke
          
           )
           striving
           for
           their
           love
           ,
           
             Dum
             uterque
             ad
             se
             certatim
             rapere
             conatur
             ,
          
           rent
           her
           in
           pieces
           ?
           Let
           our
           strife
           rather
           be
           like
           that
           of
           
             Ephestion
          
           and
           
             Craterus
             ,
          
           who
           contended
           whether
           should
           love
           their
           King
           
             Alexander
          
           most
           ;
           in
           so
           much
           that
           
             Alexander
          
           was
           enforced
           to
           decide
           the
           controversie
           ,
           adjudging
           that
           
             Ephestion
          
           loved
           the
           King
           best
           ,
           and
           
             Craterus
             Alexander
          
           best
           .
           So
           it
           pleased
           the
           King
           in
           his
           sentence
           equally
           to
           divide
           his
           love
           ,
           and
           so
           did
           they
           both
           equally
           strive
           to
           love
           :
           and
           after
           this
           manner
           did
           the
           
             Iones
          
           and
           
             Chi●
          
           
           contend
           in
           love
           to
           
             Hercules
             :
          
           and
           
             Iuda
          
           and
           
             Israel
          
           for
           
             David
             .
          
           And
           so
           I
           doubt
           not
           but
           our
           contention
           is
           of
           the
           like
           love
           ,
           and
           duty
           towards
           our
           Soveraigne
           :
           but
           as
           for
           hatred
           and
           malice
           amongst
           our selves
           ,
           so
           separating
           us
           that
           we
           cannot
           be
           mixed
           together
           ,
           
             Dii
             talia
             Graiis
             ,
             erroremque
             hostibus
             illum
             .
          
           Seeing
           (
           as
           he
           said
           )
           no
           greater
           hurt
           can
           be
           wished
           to
           our
           enemies
           then
           to
           be
           disunited
           among
           themselves
           ,
           and
           if
           they
           will
           not
           bee
           at
           one
           with
           us
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           be
           at
           odds
           betweene
           themselves
           :
           
             Maneat
             quaeso
             duretque
             gentibus
             si
             non
             amor
             nostri
             at
             certe
             odium
             sui
             .
             Quando
             
             nihil
             jam
             praestare
             fortuna
             majus
             potest
             ,
             quam
             hostium
             discordiam
             .
          
        
         
           And
           now
           farther
           to
           enforce
           this
           union
           into
           both
           Nations
           ,
           the
           rather
           ,
           because
           we
           are
           both
           alike
           under
           one
           head
           and
           governour
           :
           hath
           not
           his
           Majesty
           two
           eyes
           ,
           to
           respect
           both
           kingdomes
           ;
           two
           eares
           ,
           to
           heare
           alike
           the
           cause
           of
           both
           ;
           two
           shoulders
           ,
           to
           beare
           alike
           the
           burden
           ,
           and
           care
           of
           both
           ;
           two
           hands
           ,
           to
           distribute
           honours
           alike
           to
           both
           ;
           and
           two
           feet
           ,
           to
           goe
           one
           before
           the
           other
           ,
           yet
           both
           alike
           to
           support
           but
           one
           body
           ?
           The
           inequality
           only
           is
           ,
           if
           we
           are
           not
           alike
           dutifull
           ,
           and
           thankfull
           ;
           
           neither
           doe
           we
           ,
           as
           the
           Apostle
           exhorteth
           ,
           (
           Rom.
           12.
           )
           
             Carry
             like
             mindes
             one
             towards
             another
          
           ;
           nor
           make
           our selves
           in
           our
           owne
           conceits
           ,
           equall
           to
           them
           of
           the
           lower
           sort
           .
           And
           where
           
             Xenophon
          
           calleth
           Magistrates
           ,
           and
           mighty
           men
           ,
           the
           Kings
           eyes
           ,
           the
           Kings
           eares
           ,
           the
           Kings
           shoulders
           ,
           yea
           also
           his
           hands
           ,
           and
           his
           feete
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           thereby
           meant
           ,
           that
           they
           should
           thinke
           they
           also
           had
           two
           eyes
           to
           envy
           one
           the
           other
           ;
           two
           eares
           ,
           to
           listen
           after
           advantages
           ,
           or
           offences
           one
           against
           the
           other
           ;
           two
           shoulders
           ,
           to
           shove
           at
           ,
           and
           shoulder
           out
           one
           the
           other
           ;
           two
           feet
           ,
           to
           out-runne
           ,
           and
           prevent
           
           one
           the
           other
           ;
           two
           hands
           ,
           to
           catch
           ,
           and
           snatch
           one
           from
           the
           other
           ,
           or
           to
           carry
           fire
           in
           one
           hand
           ,
           and
           water
           in
           the
           other
           ,
           or
           to
           build
           with
           the
           one
           ,
           and
           to
           pull
           downe
           with
           the
           other
           ,
           or
           with
           the
           one
           to
           offer
           a
           gift
           ,
           and
           with
           the
           other
           a
           stab
           ;
           
             Altera
             manu
             panem
             ,
             altera
             lapidem
          
           ;
           but
           that
           their
           eyes
           ,
           eares
           ,
           shoulders
           ,
           feete
           ,
           and
           hands
           are
           ,
           or
           should
           be
           mutuall
           helpers
           one
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           for
           the
           common
           good
           ,
           and
           publique
           service
           of
           the
           whole
           State
           .
           And
           I
           perswade
           my selfe
           ,
           that
           all
           Magistrates
           under
           his
           Majestie
           ,
           of
           the
           one
           ,
           or
           other
           Nation
           ,
           united
           now
           in
           one
           common
           name
           of
           
           Britaines
           will
           for
           publique
           Administration
           of
           the
           common-Weale
           ,
           so
           see
           with
           their
           eyes
           ,
           heare
           with
           their
           eares
           ,
           beare
           up
           the
           head
           with
           their
           shoulders
           ,
           and
           walke
           uprightly
           ,
           
             Having
             pure
             ,
             and
             cleane
             hands
             ,
          
           that
           as
           the
           fingers
           in
           the
           hand
           are
           distinctly
           divided
           ,
           and
           yet
           do
           clap
           ,
           and
           clasp
           themselves
           together
           ,
           for
           more
           strength
           ;
           so
           all
           of
           command
           and
           in
           authority
           within
           great
           Britain
           ,
           though
           they
           have
           distinct
           offices
           ,
           yet
           will
           so
           concur
           ,
           and
           agree
           together
           ,
           that
           though
           there
           appeare
           among
           them
           ,
           and
           their
           distinct
           publique
           services
           ,
           as
           ,
           
             in
             digitis
             ,
             divisio
             ,
          
           it
           shall
           not
           be
           ,
           
             ab
             unitate
             praecisio
             .
          
        
         
         
           And
           verily
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           ,
           are
           like
           two
           hands
           warming
           and
           enfolding
           each
           other
           ,
           continuing
           two
           ,
           yet
           in
           one
           body
           :
           where
           if
           the
           right
           hand
           challenge
           more
           necessary
           use
           and
           service
           in
           the
           body
           then
           the
           left
           ,
           or
           the
           left
           hand
           more
           than
           the
           right
           ,
           and
           one
           not
           readily
           yeeld
           to
           joyne
           with
           the
           other
           ,
           as
           is
           meete
           ,
           the
           head
           may
           in
           his
           good
           pleasure
           make
           choice
           and
           use
           of
           either
           :
           as
           in
           the
           
             Romane
          
           Story
           ,
           when
           
             Tribunes
          
           disagreed
           for
           chiefest
           honour
           ,
           
             Quintus
             Servilius
             ,
             Consul
             ,
          
           of
           much
           lesse
           dignity
           ,
           and
           authority
           than
           a
           King
           ,
           tooke
           the
           matter
           into
           his
           owne
           hands
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
           
             Patria
             Majestas
             altercationem
             istam
             dirimet
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           Prudence
           among
           Subjects
           hath
           need
           intermeddle
           with
           all
           other
           vertues
           ,
           and
           shew
           the
           power
           of
           union
           in
           her selfe
           ;
           where
           Justice
           demandeth
           right
           ,
           fortitude
           tollerateth
           what
           ought
           be
           borne
           ,
           temperance
           reformeth
           will
           ,
           subdueth
           anger
           ,
           moderateth
           passion
           ,
           and
           represseth
           ambition
           ;
           and
           all
           in
           unity
           of
           obedience
           coupled
           together
           ,
           bring
           forth
           plentifull
           fruit
           ,
           for
           society
           ,
           honour
           ,
           and
           joy
           .
           Which
           thing
           well
           pleased
           
             Marcus
             Furius
             Camillus
             ,
          
           Dictator
           of
           Rome
           ,
           seeing
           all
           the
           Senate
           ,
           and
           Subjects
           of
           Rome
           ,
           
           not
           only
           accord
           in
           the
           common
           execution
           of
           each
           office
           for
           common
           good
           of
           all
           ,
           but
           willingly
           ,
           and
           lovingly
           ,
           both
           highest
           ,
           and
           meanest
           to
           embrace
           one
           the
           other
           ,
           saying
           ,
           that
           the
           Common-Weale
           was
           flourishing
           ,
           and
           most
           happy
           :
           
             Si
             tales
             viros
             in
             magistratu
             habeat
             tam
             concordibus
             junctos
             animis
             ,
             parere
             ,
             atque
             imperare
             juxta
             paratos
             ,
             laudemque
             conferentes
             potius
             in
             medium
             ,
             quam
             ex
             communi
             ad
             se
             trahentes
             :
          
           whereof
           the
           
             Senate
             ,
             Consuls
             ,
          
           and
           
             Tribunes
          
           gave
           testimony
           ,
           and
           good
           proofe
           ,
           when
           they
           all
           submitted
           all
           authority
           to
           
             Camillus
             ,
          
           perswaded
           in
           themselves
           ,
           
             Nec
             quicquam
             de
             
             majestate
             sua
             detractum
             ,
             quod
             majastati
             ejus
             viri
             concessissent
             .
          
        
         
           In
           Britaines
           union
           ,
           England
           may
           not
           exalt
           it selfe
           above
           Scotland
           ,
           nor
           Scotland
           strive
           against
           England
           ,
           but
           both
           as
           members
           of
           one
           and
           the
           same
           body
           ,
           under
           one
           and
           the
           same
           head
           ,
           ought
           to
           have
           the
           same
           care
           one
           for
           the
           other
           ,
           as
           if
           one
           member
           suffer
           ,
           all
           suffer
           with
           it
           ,
           and
           if
           one
           be
           honoured
           ,
           all
           the
           members
           rejoyce
           with
           it
           ;
           and
           as
           in
           the
           Church
           ,
           so
           in
           the
           common-Weale
           ,
           
             one
             is
             my
             Dove
             ,
          
           one
           is
           my
           darling
           ,
           shee
           is
           the
           only
           beloved
           of
           her
           mother
           ,
           and
           deer
           to
           her
           ,
           that
           bare
           her
           ;
           
           so
           I
           know
           there
           are
           diversities
           of
           gifts
           ,
           and
           differences
           of
           administrations
           ,
           and
           divers
           manners
           of
           operations
           in
           both
           ;
           and
           God
           hath
           set
           the
           members
           of
           the
           whole
           body
           ,
           every
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           severall
           in
           the
           body
           ,
           as
           it
           hath
           pleased
           him
           ,
           but
           ,
           
             omnia
             ab
             uno
             ad
             unum
             ▪
          
           All
           from
           one
           head
           ,
           and
           to
           one
           end
           .
           Hee
           that
           is
           wise
           will
           consider
           this
           .
           
             Qui
             vero
             curiosiores
             sunt
             ,
             quam
             capatiores
             ,
             quaedam
             mag●is
             contentiose
             objectanda
             ,
             quam
             prudenter
             consideranda
             esse
             arbitrantur
             .
          
        
         
           And
           now
           seeing
           I
           have
           waded
           so
           far
           in
           the
           union
           of
           Britaines
           ;
           English
           may
           not
           mislike
           ,
           that
           Scottish
           beare
           
           Office
           among
           ,
           and
           with
           them
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           were
           of
           a
           farre
           Countrey
           ,
           hunting
           after
           others
           Treasures
           ,
           serving
           the
           King
           of
           Babylon
           ,
           and
           not
           as
           the
           same
           Subjects
           to
           
             Hezechias
          
           ;
           for
           they
           are
           of
           ,
           and
           for
           England
           ,
           as
           we
           ;
           and
           we
           of
           ,
           and
           for
           Scotland
           ,
           as
           they
           ,
           and
           both
           for
           both
           ,
           being
           made
           one
           .
           Nay
           rather
           we
           ought
           desire
           their
           society
           ,
           and
           rejoyce
           in
           this
           community
           ,
           setting
           before
           our
           eyes
           for
           example
           ,
           that
           saying
           of
           
             Austin
          
           of
           the
           communion
           of
           Saints
           ,
           made
           fellow
           heires
           with
           Christ
           through
           the
           mercy
           of
           our
           good
           God
           :
           
             Deus
             ,
             cum
             baberet
             unicum
             ,
             noluit
             esse
             unum
             ,
             sed
             habere
             fratres
             .
          
           
           And
           ,
           (
           if
           in
           humane
           matters
           ,
           humane
           examples
           more
           move
           )
           remembring
           that
           
             Scipeo
          
           was
           as
           glad
           of
           his
           brothers
           preferment
           as
           of
           his
           owne
           ;
           and
           that
           
             Castor
          
           would
           not
           be
           a
           god
           without
           his
           brother
           
             Pollux
             ,
          
           but
           would
           be
           only
           
             Semideus
             ,
          
           that
           his
           brother
           might
           partake
           with
           him
           ;
           as
           is
           well
           said
           :
           
             Habent
             oculi
             in
             corpore
             magnum
             honorem
             ,
             sed
             minorem
             haberent
             si
             soli
             essent
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           time
           of
           
             Claudius
             ,
          
           the
           Emperour
           ,
           when
           it
           was
           consulted
           that
           the
           
             Senate
          
           should
           bee
           supplyed
           with
           more
           Senators
           ,
           the
           Peeres
           and
           Nobles
           of
           
             France
             ,
          
           long
           before
           enfranchised
           free
           denizens
           
           of
           Rome
           ,
           sought
           also
           to
           participate
           in
           honours
           ,
           magistracies
           ,
           and
           dignities
           with
           
             Romanes
          
           :
           and
           the
           matter
           being
           handled
           on
           both
           sides
           with
           great
           consideration
           ,
           the
           
             Romanes
          
           alleadged
           against
           the
           
             French
             ,
          
           that
           
             Italy
          
           wanted
           no
           sufficient
           men
           within
           it selfe
           ,
           for
           it selfe
           .
           And
           that
           there
           was
           no
           reason
           to
           incorporate
           others
           with
           them
           ,
           who
           had
           beene
           at
           so
           deadly
           hatred
           ,
           and
           bloody
           warres
           against
           them
           .
           What
           ?
           no
           private
           men
           ,
           not
           the
           common
           People
           ,
           not
           Strangers
           ,
           but
           enemies
           taken
           into
           the
           Senate
           ?
           Was
           it
           not
           counted
           for
           a
           wonder
           that
           
           the
           
             Athenians
          
           did
           take
           onely
           
             Anacharsis
          
           into
           their
           City
           ?
           Would
           the
           
             Lacedemonians
          
           admit
           the
           
             Tyrrheni
          
           to
           participate
           in
           their
           honors
           ,
           though
           they
           had
           done
           them
           service
           ?
           And
           had
           their
           mothers
           also
           
             Athenian
          
           women
           ?
           But
           the
           good
           Emperour
           replying
           ,
           said
           to
           the
           Senators
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           assume
           into
           the
           Senate
           ,
           of
           all
           his
           Subjects
           ,
           such
           as
           he
           found
           most
           worthy
           ,
           of
           what
           Countrey
           soever
           ,
           alledging
           that
           his
           owne
           Ancestors
           were
           descended
           from
           the
           
             Sabins
             ,
          
           and
           made
           of
           Nobility
           and
           Senate
           of
           Rome
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           
             Iulij
          
           were
           taken
           from
           
             Alba
             ,
             Coruncani
          
           from
           
             Camerium
             ,
          
           
           the
           
             Porcij
          
           from
           
             Tusculum
             ,
             Etruria
             ,
          
           and
           
             Lucania
             ,
          
           and
           from
           all
           parts
           of
           
             Italy
          
           chosen
           into
           the
           Senate
           .
           And
           that
           by
           this
           meanes
           
             Italy
          
           was
           extended
           ,
           and
           greatly
           enlarged
           ,
           so
           as
           not
           onely
           the
           people
           ,
           but
           all
           their
           possessions
           ,
           had
           their
           dependance
           upon
           the
           state
           of
           Rome
           ,
           and
           grew
           into
           one
           Nation
           and
           people
           of
           Rome
           .
           And
           that
           a
           setled
           state
           chiefly
           flourished
           ,
           when
           the
           people
           inhabiting
           even
           beyond
           the
           River
           
             Padus
          
           were
           received
           into
           the
           community
           of
           
             Romane
          
           Citizens
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           that
           nothing
           was
           more
           hurtfull
           to
           the
           
             Lacedemonians
          
           and
           
             Athenians
             ,
          
           then
           
           refusall
           to
           encrease
           the
           common-weale
           by
           accesse
           of
           new
           and
           other
           people
           .
           What
           ?
           Shall
           not
           they
           be
           admitted
           ,
           because
           they
           and
           
             Romanes
          
           have
           had
           deadly
           feud
           one
           against
           another
           ?
           So
           the
           
             Aequi
             ,
          
           so
           the
           
             Volsci
             .
          
           And
           yet
           are
           now
           all
           one
           and
           the
           same
           people
           of
           Rome
           .
           This
           forcible
           speech
           pierced
           their
           hearts
           ,
           and
           prevailed
           so
           ,
           as
           that
           all
           submitted
           their
           judgement
           to
           the
           Emperours
           wisedome
           .
           Which
           thing
           I
           thought
           good
           here
           to
           remember
           ,
           not
           forgetting
           also
           what
           
             Anna
          
           said
           to
           
             Dido
             .
          
        
         
           
             Quam
             tu
             urbem
             soror
             hanc
             cernes
             ?
             quae
             surgere
             regna
             ,
          
           
           
             Connubio
             tali
             ,
             Troum
             Comitantibus
             armis
             ?
          
           
             Punica
             se
             quantis
             attollet
             gloria
             rebus
             ?
          
        
         
           Which
           if
           we
           consider
           ,
           as
           we
           should
           ,
           wee
           cannot
           then
           but
           ingenuously
           acknowledge
           ,
           that
           good
           and
           praise-worthy
           was
           the
           speech
           of
           
             Paedaretus
             ,
          
           who
           uederstanding
           he
           was
           not
           chosen
           into
           the
           number
           of
           the
           
             Trecenti
             ,
          
           who
           chiefly
           bare
           rule
           ,
           said
           ,
           he
           did
           glory
           there
           were
           so
           many
           his
           betters
           in
           the
           Common-weale
           .
           And
           no
           lesse
           commendable
           was
           his
           saying
           ,
           who
           wished
           ,
           hee
           could
           raise
           frō
           the
           dead
           many
           moe
           ,
           
           such
           excellent
           Citizens
           ;
           as
           
             Quintus
             Fabius
          
           well
           advertised
           
             Titus
             Octacilius
             ,
             Nec
             tu
             id
             indignari
             possis
             aliquem
             in
             civitate
             Romana
             ,
             meliorem
             haberi
             quam
             te
             .
          
           Doubtlesse
           the
           Common-Weale
           is
           more
           happy
           ,
           and
           doth
           there
           more
           flourish
           ,
           where
           is
           more
           choice
           of
           worthy
           honourable
           men
           ,
           to
           be
           imployed
           in
           publique
           affaires
           ,
           as
           need
           and
           occasion
           require
           .
           And
           as
           arrows
           in
           the
           hand
           of
           the
           strong
           man
           ,
           so
           are
           the
           succession
           ,
           and
           children
           of
           such
           ▪
           blessed
           is
           our
           gracious
           King
           
             Charles
             ,
          
           that
           hath
           many
           Kingdomes
           ,
           like
           many
           quivers
           full
           of
           them
           :
           but
           as
           for
           the
           arrowes
           ,
           which
           of
           them
           
           shall
           be
           taken
           forth
           ,
           and
           sent
           ,
           or
           shot
           abroad
           ,
           that
           is
           in
           the
           power
           of
           the
           Archer
           :
           Neither
           may
           one
           say
           ,
           why
           hast
           thou
           taken
           me
           ?
           nor
           the
           other
           ,
           why
           am
           I
           left
           with
           the
           rest
           ?
           
             An
             non
             in
             coelo
             ipso
             sua
             luce
             sol
             Lunam
             superat
             ,
             non
             vituperat
             ?
             Et
             stella
             à
             stella
             differt
             in
             gloria
             non
             dissidet
             in
             superbia
             ?
          
        
         
           And
           albeit
           there
           bee
           a
           kinde
           of
           jealousie
           ,
           and
           naturall
           strangenesse
           among
           men
           ,
           untill
           they
           better
           grow
           in
           knowledge
           one
           of
           the
           other
           ,
           and
           doe
           eate
           ,
           (
           as
           our
           English
           Proverbe
           saith
           )
           a
           Bushel
           of
           Salt
           together
           :
           yet
           have
           we
           long
           since
           shaken
           off
           that
           infamy
           ,
           which
           
             Horace
          
           laid
           
           unjustly
           upon
           us
           ,
           that
           Britaines
           were
           uncurteous
           ,
           and
           unhospitall
           to
           staangers
           :
           and
           have
           learned
           to
           grant
           Incorporation
           ,
           and
           immunities
           even
           to
           strangers
           in
           deed
           ,
           and
           to
           enfranchise
           strange
           Nations
           for
           trade
           with
           us
           ,
           making
           them
           partakers
           of
           our
           Rights
           :
           much
           more
           than
           should
           we
           be
           lesse
           nice
           of
           all
           immunity
           ,
           and
           naturall
           community
           with
           us
           towards
           those
           ,
           who
           now
           are
           one
           with
           us
           ;
           that
           though
           in
           the
           Comedy
           ,
           cause
           of
           strangnesse
           among
           men
           be
           alleaged
           ,
           
             Quia
             nec
             ille
             te
             novit
             ,
             nec
             tu
             illum
             :
          
           yet
           we
           should
           be
           ashamed
           ,
           
             quasi
             Canes
             ,
             latratu
             accipere
             ,
             quem
             non
             agnoscimus
             .
          
        
         
         
           Yea
           rather
           should
           we
           rejoyce
           to
           heare
           by
           this
           union
           ,
           how
           that
           
             Lacedemonii
             Medizant
             ,
          
           and
           
             Medi
             Lacedemonizant
             ,
          
           both
           Scot
           and
           English
           ,
           so
           familiarly
           converse
           together
           ,
           and
           are
           growne
           into
           one
           anothers
           natures
           and
           manners
           ,
           that
           like
           
             Servilii
             fratres
             ,
          
           they
           are
           all
           one
           .
           And
           should
           we
           wish
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           neighbourhood
           ,
           and
           neernesse
           of
           both
           Nations
           ,
           as
           also
           for
           likenesse
           of
           language
           we
           should
           bee
           alone
           :
           even
           as
           the
           Historian
           discourseth
           of
           the
           
             Phryges
          
           and
           
             Trojani
             ,
          
           and
           likewise
           other
           nations
           ,
           how
           they
           were
           taken
           for
           the
           same
           ,
           &
           called
           by
           one
           anothers
           names
           
           promiscuously
           ,
           because
           they
           were
           so
           neere
           one
           to
           the
           other
           ;
           and
           the
           same
           also
           were
           counted
           but
           one
           Nation
           ,
           and
           of
           one
           kinde
           ,
           by
           reason
           they
           were
           of
           the
           same
           language
           :
           a
           most
           sure
           argument
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           that
           they
           be
           but
           one
           people
           ,
           who
           agree
           in
           one
           language
           ;
           as
           it
           is
           most
           absurd
           ,
           the
           inhabitants
           of
           the
           same
           places
           should
           differ
           in
           language
           ,
           if
           they
           be
           of
           the
           same
           kinde
           .
           Why
           then
           (
           as
           he
           saith
           )
           
             Iube
             hanc
             maceriam
             dirui
             ,
             quantum
             potest
             ,
             huc
             transfer
             ,
             unam
             fac
             domum
             .
          
           And
           according
           to
           that
           resolution
           ,
           
             
               —
               foederis
               aquas
            
             
               Iungamus
               leges
               ,
               sociosque
            
             
               in
               regna
               vocemus
               .
            
          
        
         
         
           Especially
           seeing
           they
           may
           challenge
           with
           us
           ,
           
             Cives
             esse
             ,
             &
             licet
             non
             easdemopes
             habere
             ,
             eandem
             tamen
             patriam
             incolere
             :
             quare
             connubium
             petimus
             ,
             &
             soci●tatem
             ,
             quod
             finitimis
             ,
             externisque
             dari
             solet
             :
             nibil
             novi
             ferimus
             ,
             sed
             id
             ,
             quod
             populi
             est
             ,
             petimus
             :
             Vt
             quibus
             velit
             populus
             Romanus
             honores
             mandet
             .
          
           Was
           not
           
             Numa
             Pompilius
             ,
          
           though
           no
           Romane
           ,
           fetcht
           from
           
             Sabins
             ,
          
           and
           made
           king
           of
           Rome
           ?
           Was
           not
           also
           
             Lucius
             Tarquinius
             ,
          
           not
           so
           much
           of
           Romane
           blood
           ,
           made
           king
           there
           ?
           And
           was
           not
           
             Survius
             Tullius
             ,
          
           though
           borne
           basely
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           bond-woman
           also
           ,
           made
           king
           there
           ?
           
             Et
             dum
             nullum
             fastiditur
             genus
             ,
             
             in
             quo
             eniterit
             virtus
             ,
             Romanum
             crevit
             imperium
             ▪
          
           but
           no
           such
           exception
           of
           Scottish
           blood
           ,
           his
           Majestie
           being
           rightly
           ,
           and
           anciently
           descended
           of
           royall
           English
           blood
           ,
           and
           his
           nobles
           hence
           forth
           in
           their
           posterity
           ,
           be●ing
           with
           us
           ,
           and
           wee
           with
           them
           ,
           all
           of
           Brittish
           blood
           ●an
           
             esse
             ulla
             major
             ,
             aut
             in
             signi●or
             contumelia
             potest
             ,
             quam
             partem
             civitatis
             ,
             velut
             contaminatam
             ,
             indignam
             connubio
             habe●ri
             ?
             Quid
             est
             aliud
             ,
             quam
             exil●●um
             intra
             eadem
             moenia
             ,
             qua●
             relegationem
             pati
             ?
             ne
             propi●quitatibus
             ,
             ne
             affinitatibus
             im●misceamur
             ,
             ne
             societur
             sanguis
             ▪
          
        
         
           What
           can
           we
           say
           more
           but
           render
           all
           possible
           praise
           
           and
           thankes
           to
           our
           good
           ,
           and
           gracious
           God
           ,
           who
           by
           his
           servants
           our
           two
           gracious
           Soveraignes
           ,
           hath
           reduced
           ,
           and
           restored
           the
           whole
           Island
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           answerable
           to
           his
           first
           beginning
           ,
           and
           ancient
           former
           being
           ;
           like
           to
           one
           City
           ,
           even
           one
           Ierusalem
           ,
           which
           
             is
             a
             City
             ,
             at
             unity
             within
             it selfe
             .
             Hoc
             verè
             Regium
             ,
             duos
             populos
             unum
             efficere
             .
          
           As
           the
           king
           of
           kings
           hath
           in
           mercy
           done
           to
           Iew
           and
           Gentile
           ,
           to
           Grecian
           ,
           and
           Barbarian
           ,
           
             fecit
             utraque
             unum
             :
          
           he
           brake
           downe
           the
           partition
           Wall
           ,
           and
           hath
           gathered
           the
           people
           ,
           &
           kingdomes
           together
           to
           serve
           him
           ,
           
             dissoci●ta
             locis
             concordi
             pace
             ligavit
             .
          
           
           And
           why
           should
           no●
           many
           ,
           and
           moe
           then
           tw●
           kingdomes
           ,
           as
           well
           civilly
           a●bide
           in
           unity
           of
           Subjection
           ▪
           as
           many
           Christian
           nation●
           continue
           in
           unity
           of
           faith
           ▪
           But
           that
           the
           one
           hath
           the
           spi●rit
           of
           God
           ,
           which
           is
           autho●
           of
           peace
           ,
           and
           lover
           of
           con●cord
           ,
           directing
           them
           :
           and
           the
           other
           the
           spirit
           of
           Satan
           ▪
           author
           of
           contention
           ,
           and
           cause
           of
           confusion
           ,
           perverting
           them
           .
           Which
           thi●g
           king
           
             David
          
           well
           perceived
           ,
           praying
           God
           for
           his
           Sonn●Solomon
           
             ,
          
           that
           he
           might
           enjoy
           the
           full
           possession
           of
           the
           whole
           dominion
           
             from
             sea
             to
             sea
             ,
          
           promised
           to
           
             Israel
          
           under
           
             Moses
             ,
          
           but
           not
           fully
           obtained
           
           till
           then
           ,
           because
           of
           the
           peoples
           sins
           .
           And
           albeit
           for
           our
           manifold
           ,
           and
           great
           sins
           ,
           this
           whole
           Island
           was
           overlong
           divided
           into
           two
           ,
           and
           forced
           by
           former
           division
           to
           many
           battels
           ,
           and
           much
           shedding
           of
           blood
           ;
           yet
           we
           praise
           God
           ,
           that
           in
           these
           our
           dayes
           ,
           the
           full
           possession
           thereof
           is
           restored
           ,
           and
           given
           to
           our
           peaceable
           
             Solomon
          
           ;
           so
           as
           not
           only
           all
           his
           own
           subjects
           ,
           even
           from
           Sea
           ,
           to
           Sea
           ,
           of
           both
           the
           kingdomes
           ,
           are
           in
           him
           united
           into
           one
           ;
           but
           even
           the
           potent
           ,
           and
           powerfull
           neighbour
           kings
           seeke
           peace
           ,
           and
           '
           make
           league
           with
           
             Israel
             ,
          
           even
           
             the
             kings
             of
             Tharsis
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Isles
             ,
             bring
             presents
             ,
             the
             kings
             
             of
             Sheba
             ,
             and
             Seba
             brings
             guifts
             ,
          
           as
           in
           the
           daies
           of
           
             Solomon
             .
          
        
         
           This
           change
           (
           even
           the
           happiest
           change
           that
           ever
           was
           )
           from
           a
           people
           so
           divided
           from
           one
           ,
           by
           Gods
           eternall
           decree
           ,
           and
           speciall
           mercy
           ,
           to
           be
           made
           one
           ,
           biddeth
           us
           open
           our
           eyes
           ,
           and
           calleth
           us
           alowd
           ,
           come
           ,
           and
           see
           ;
           
             speque
             ,
             fide
             que
             inquit
             ,
             majora
             videbis
             .
          
           For
           our
           Island
           ,
           formerly
           for
           sin
           divided
           (
           as
           the
           
             Echinades
             Insulae
             ,
          
           were
           faired
           by
           Poets
           ,
           once
           far
           seperate
           ,
           and
           distracted
           ,
           for
           contempt
           of
           their
           Gods
           )
           is
           now
           become
           like
           that
           Island
           
             Delos
             ,
          
           which
           though
           it
           floated
           ,
           and
           was
           tossed
           sometimes
           upon
           the
           
           waters
           ,
           
             à
             gente
             in
             gentem
             ,
          
           as
           one
           wave
           forceth
           another
           ;
           was
           neverthelesse
           reported
           to
           be
           afterwards
           ,
           truly
           firme
           ,
           and
           stable
           .
           Doubtlesse
           that
           God
           which
           hath
           written
           in
           the
           waters
           ,
           and
           the
           Sea
           ,
           legible
           for
           ever
           eye
           to
           see
           ,
           and
           read
           
             Mare
             Britannicum
          
           :
           and
           who
           hath
           continually
           carried
           in
           directing
           the
           pens
           ,
           and
           pensils
           of
           all
           Cosmographers
           ,
           Mapmakers
           ,
           or
           whatsoever
           Historiographers
           (
           whom
           
             Alphonsus
             Sicilia
          
           calleth
           
             optimos
             Consiliarios
             mortuos
          
           )
           not
           to
           alter
           the
           first
           ,
           and
           old
           name
           ,
           but
           to
           call
           it
           in
           all
           their
           writings
           and
           descriptions
           ,
           
             Mare
             Britannicum
          
           ;
           hath
           graciously
           ,
           and
           miraculously
           
           effected
           for
           the
           land
           also
           ,
           that
           out
           of
           the
           dead
           ashes
           of
           old
           great
           Britaine
           ,
           should
           be
           raised
           even
           the
           self
           same
           Britaine
           ,
           as
           the
           
             Phenix
          
           living
           ,
           and
           dying
           ,
           
             est
             eadem
             ,
             sed
             non
             eadem
             ,
             quia
             ipsa
             ,
             nec
             ipsa
             est
             .
          
           O
           admirable
           Metamorphosis
           ,
           &
           happy
           changel
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           have
           left
           ,
           though
           not
           lost
           ,
           their
           names
           ,
           both
           being
           preserved
           in
           the
           Bosome
           of
           great
           Britaine
           :
           
             Non
             duo
             sunt
             ,
             nec
             forma
             duplex
             ,
          
           but
           ,
           
             neu●runque
             &
             utrunque
             videtur
             :
          
           and
           of
           both
           us
           English
           and
           Scottish
           being
           now
           Britaines
           may
           it
           be
           said
           ,
           as
           of
           them
           two
           brethren
           ,
           
             alteruter
             &
             uterque
             ;
             alteruter
             est
             uterque
             ,
             ut●rque
             autem
             
             neuter
             .
          
           Which
           I
           againe
           call
           that
           faire
           
             Phoenix
             ,
          
           dying
           ,
           and
           living
           ,
           
             eadem
             ,
             &
             non
             eadem
             ,
             quia
             ipsa
             nec
             ipsa
             est
             .
          
        
         
           In
           which
           ,
           excellent
           ?
           and
           vyonderfull
           work
           ,
           the
           rather
           ,
           and
           better
           to
           bring
           to
           passe
           the
           good
           purpose
           of
           uniting
           the
           two
           kingdomes
           and
           people
           into
           one
           ,
           it
           hath
           seemed
           best
           to
           the
           godly
           wisedome
           of
           divine
           providence
           ,
           first
           ,
           and
           long
           since
           to
           knit
           all
           our
           hearts
           in
           one
           holy
           religion
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           same
           service
           ,
           and
           godly
           worship
           ,
           to
           make
           us
           all
           like
           Citizens
           with
           the
           Saints
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           houshold
           of
           God
           ,
           renewed
           in
           Christ
           ,
           and
           reconciled
           into
           one
           body
           ,
           acknowledging
           but
           one
           
           God
           ,
           and
           professing
           but
           one
           faith
           ,
           and
           religion
           ,
           the
           hope
           of
           our
           vocation
           .
           Whereby
           we
           learne
           ,
           and
           cannot
           but
           confesse
           ,
           (
           if
           ,
           as
           
             Ciprian
          
           saith
           ,
           
             consiliorum
             gubernaculum
             ,
             lex
             sit
             divina
          
           )
           that
           that
           Common
           Weale
           best
           pleaseth
           God
           ,
           which
           commeth
           neerest
           to
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           ,
           that
           wisest
           Polititiās
           ,
           are
           best
           Christians
           ,
           that
           best
           governments
           have
           correspondence
           with
           Gods
           lawes
           ;
           and
           that
           those
           kingdomes
           are
           best
           ruled
           ,
           and
           the
           more
           blessed
           ,
           which
           are
           of
           one
           heart
           and
           one
           obedience
           ,
           even
           as
           all
           are
           one
           in
           Christ
           ,
           who
           is
           the
           head
           ,
           and
           all
           under
           his
           government
           ,
           are
           by
           one
           spirit
           ,
           
           but
           one
           body
           .
        
         
           Wherefore
           the
           good
           Emperors
           
             Theodosius
             ,
          
           and
           
             Valentinianus
          
           writing
           to
           
             Ciprian
          
           Bishop
           of
           
             Alexandria
             ,
          
           were
           bold
           to
           commend
           their
           government
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           platforme
           ,
           before
           described
           ,
           saying
           :
           
             A
             pietate
             quae
             in
             deum
             est
             ,
             Reipublicae
             nostrae
             constitutio
             pendet
             ,
             &
             multa
             utrinque
             est
             cognatio
             ,
             &
             societas
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           Which
           most
           excellent
           patterne
           ,
           and
           forme
           of
           government
           ,
           is
           after
           the
           example
           of
           Christ
           ,
           uniting
           all
           into
           one
           and
           this
           the
           Psalmist
           resembleth
           to
           that
           
             precious
             ointment
             ,
             powred
             on
             the
             head
             of
             Aaron
             ,
             and
             running
             downe
             his
             heard
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             skirts
             of
             his
             
             cloathing
             :
          
           for
           so
           doth
           sweet
           and
           precious
           union
           rest
           chiefly
           in
           the
           head
           ,
           which
           is
           but
           one
           ,
           and
           from
           thence
           run
           all
           along
           ,
           and
           alike
           to
           all
           the
           parts
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           which
           are
           but
           one
           .
        
         
           But
           shame
           on
           Schisme
           ,
           whither
           it
           be
           civill
           ,
           or
           ecclesiasticall
           ;
           for
           it
           renteth
           the
           seamlesse
           Coat
           of
           Christ
           ,
           both
           in
           the
           Church
           and
           in
           the
           Civill
           state
           ,
           even
           in
           the
           doctrine
           ,
           and
           ceremonies
           of
           the
           one
           against
           the
           truth
           of
           God
           ;
           and
           in
           christian
           charity
           ,
           and
           common
           civility
           of
           the
           other
           against
           the
           peace
           of
           men
           .
           Wherefore
           whosoever
           opposeth
           himselfe
           against
           the
           one
           ,
           or
           other
           ,
           is
           
           more
           unreasonable
           ,
           and
           may
           be
           thought
           more
           cruell
           ,
           than
           the
           souldiers
           which
           would
           not
           divide
           Christs
           seamelesse
           Coat
           ,
           but
           cast
           lots
           ,
           whose
           it
           should
           be
           ;
           saying
           ,
           
             Sortiamur
             cujus
             sit
             .
          
           For
           it
           cannot
           bee
           denied
           ,
           but
           that
           they
           which
           divide
           Great
           Britaine
           ,
           to
           have
           it
           divided
           within
           and
           against
           it selfe
           ,
           divide
           that
           ,
           for
           which
           they
           cannot
           say
           ,
           
             sortiamur
          
           ;
           seeing
           
             cujus
          
           is
           known
           ,
           and
           
             sit
          
           cannot
           be
           denied
           :
           but
           
             sortiamur
             ,
          
           and
           
             cujus
             ,
          
           and
           
             sit
             ,
          
           should
           wholly
           ,
           and
           only
           be
           left
           to
           his
           Majestie
           ,
           and
           to
           his
           royall
           succession
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
         
           Only
           let
           our
           contention
           be
           ,
           as
           was
           that
           of
           
             Israel
          
           and
           
             Iudah
             ,
          
           who
           should
           be
           forwardest
           not
           only
           in
           bringing
           our
           King
           unto
           the
           seate
           of
           his
           kingdome
           ,
           but
           also
           now
           to
           preserve
           the
           possession
           of
           his
           kingdome
           ,
           
             Sartum
             &
             rectum
             ,
          
           inseparably
           united
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           joyntly
           united
           and
           undivided
           within
           it selfe
           .
           
             Vnus
             rex
             ,
             una
             lex
             ;
             unus
             pater
             ,
             una
             communis
             patria
             ;
             unum
             caput
             unum
             corpus
             .
          
           Let
           not
           private
           respects
           hinder
           a
           common
           good
           :
           let
           every
           man
           be
           as
           one
           man
           ,
           of
           one
           heart
           and
           one
           soule
           ,
           united
           to
           his
           Majesties
           gracious
           intentions
           ,
           which
           are
           for
           the
           everlasting
           good
           of
           
           every
           one
           .
           If
           the
           King
           
             had
             commanded
             thee
             a
             great
             thing
             ,
             wouldest
             not
             thou
             have
             done
             it
             ?
             How
             much
             more
             then
             ,
             when
             he
             saith
             ,
          
           bee
           you
           all
           of
           one
           minde
           to
           live
           agreeably
           together
           ,
           in
           one
           uniforme
           government
           ,
           for
           your
           owne
           undoubted
           good
           .
           
             Cedat
             jus
             proprium
             regi
             ,
             patriaeque
             remittat
             .
          
        
         
           And
           to
           conclude
           
             in
             nomine
             ,
             &
             omine
             Concerdiae
          
           :
           to
           consummate
           this
           structure
           of
           union
           ,
           and
           to
           consecrate
           it
           to
           all
           eternity
           ,
           as
           the
           
             Romanes
          
           did
           their
           Temple
           of
           concord
           .
           Behold
           ,
           now
           is
           the
           time
           of
           establishing
           
           the
           unity
           of
           both
           Nations
           together
           ;
           (
           as
           he
           said
           )
           
             Si
             quando
             unquam
             consociandi
             imperii
             tempus
             optastis
             ,
             en
             hoc
             tempus
             adest
             ,
             &
             virtute
             vestra
             ,
             &
             deûm
             benignitate
             vobis
             datum
             .
          
           Heretofore
           ,
           as
           
             C.
             Marius
          
           said
           ,
           he
           could
           not
           
             audire
             ju●
             prae
             strepitu
             armorum
          
           ;
           so
           by
           reason
           of
           civill
           discord
           betwixt
           both
           Nations
           ,
           the
           name
           of
           unity
           was
           but
           
             as
             a
             pleasant
             song
             ,
          
           touching
           the
           eare
           ,
           but
           not
           entring
           into
           the
           heart
           or
           serious
           consideration
           of
           either
           part
           .
           And
           so
           for
           many
           yeares
           this
           cogitation
           crept
           in
           every where
           .
           The
           name
           of
           Britain
           seemed
           as
           a
           brutish
           name
           ,
           all
           commixtion
           betwixt
           us
           
           seemed
           confusion
           ,
           any
           mutation
           for
           union
           sake
           an
           utter
           subversion
           of
           all
           the
           state
           .
           But
           now
           the
           matter
           is
           come
           
             Extra
             Rubiconem
             :
             jacta
             est
             alea
             :
          
           the
           matter
           is
           proceeded
           in
           ,
           
             Aut
             nunquam
             tentes
             ,
             aut
             perfice
             .
          
           Such
           a
           matter
           of
           state
           is
           not
           slightly
           to
           be
           intended
           .
           And
           I
           know
           ,
           that
           all
           the
           honourable
           Commissioners
           on
           both
           sides
           thinke
           every
           one
           of
           themselves
           not
           to
           be
           imployed
           in
           this
           so
           great
           businesse
           ,
           only
           as
           
             pro
             Consule
          
           and
           in
           his
           owne
           person
           ,
           but
           
             pro
             Consulibus
             ,
             &
             in
             commune
             omnium
          
           ;
           and
           therefore
           will
           be
           assembled
           like
           wise
           
             Romanes
             ,
          
           who
           after
           long
           dissention
           ,
           and
           part
           takings
           ,
           
           made
           full
           reconcilement
           and
           concord
           perpetuall
           for
           all
           matters
           
             in
             Aede
             Concordiae
             .
          
           And
           I
           doubt
           not
           ,
           but
           all
           Subjects
           will
           in
           all
           places
           ,
           as
           the
           
             Graecians
          
           did
           after
           long
           variance
           embrace
           that
           joyfull
           
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
             {non-Roman}
          
           agreed
           on
           ,
           for
           good
           of
           all
           ,
           not
           for
           fashion
           sake
           ,
           as
           among
           heathen
           ,
           but
           for
           conscience
           sake
           ,
           as
           among
           such
           ,
           which
           truly
           know
           ,
           and
           feare
           God
           ,
           who
           is
           author
           of
           Vnity
           ,
           and
           but
           one
           God
           :
           that
           so
           there
           bee
           henceforth
           ,
           a
           perfect
           ,
           and
           perpetuall
           establishment
           ,
           according
           
             to
             the
             lawes
             of
             Medes
             ,
             and
             Persians
             ,
             which
             may
             not
             ,
             nor
             cannot
             be
             altered
          
           ;
           remembering
           ,
           
             inimicit●as
             
             mortales
             ,
             amicitias
             immortales
             esse
             debere
             .
          
        
         
           Only
           yet
           I
           would
           set
           before
           all
           mens
           eyes
           that
           worthy
           speech
           of
           the
           renowned
           
             Tullus
             Hostilius
          
           King
           of
           
             Romanes
             ,
          
           in
           the
           reconcilement
           of
           Rome
           ,
           and
           Alba
           ,
           and
           represented
           unto
           us
           in
           uniting
           England
           ,
           and
           Scotland
           by
           our
           two
           gracious
           Soveraignes
           ,
           
             Quod
             bonum
             faustum
             ,
             foelixque
             sit
             populo
             Romano
             ,
             ac
             mihi
             vobisque
             Albani
             ,
             populum
             omnem
             Albanum
             ,
             Romam
             traducere
             in
             animo
             est
             :
             Civitatem
             dare
             plebi
             :
             primores
             in
             patres
             legere
             :
             unam
             urbem
             :
             unam
             remupb
             .
             facere
             :
             &
             ,
             ut
             ex
             uno
             quondam
             in
             duos
             populos
             diversa
             Albana
             res
             est
             ,
             
             sic
             nunc
             in
             unum
             redeat
             .
          
           And
           now
           also
           concerning
           the
           name
           ,
           I
           recite
           only
           a
           Poeticall
           fable
           ,
           yet
           moralized
           ,
           no
           fable
           :
           That
           when
           
             Neptune
          
           and
           
             Pallas
          
           did
           strive
           ,
           whether
           of
           them
           should
           give
           name
           to
           
             Athens
             ,
          
           it
           was
           agreed
           ,
           that
           he
           ,
           or
           she
           should
           name
           the
           City
           ,
           who
           could
           bring
           the
           best
           gift
           for
           common
           good
           .
           Wherefore
           
             Neptune
          
           did
           strike
           the
           Shore
           ,
           and
           it
           brought
           forth
           an
           horse
           ,
           fore-shewing
           that
           
             Athens
          
           should
           bee
           warlike
           :
           but
           
             Pullas
          
           gave
           the
           City
           an
           Olive
           ,
           signifying
           peace
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           City
           should
           flourish
           by
           peace
           :
           whereupon
           ,
           peace
           being
           more
           profitable
           
           than
           war
           ,
           
             Neptune
          
           was
           enforced
           to
           yeeld
           his
           interest
           ;
           and
           
             Pallas
          
           gave
           the
           name
           .
           Oh
           how
           blessed
           are
           the
           peace-makers
           ?
           How
           beautifull
           are
           their
           feete
           ?
           How
           glorious
           ,
           and
           joyfull
           the
           light
           of
           their
           countenance
           ?
        
         
           
             —
             pax
             optima
             rerum
             ,
          
           
             Quas
             homini
             novisse
             datum
             est
             ;
             pax
             una
             triumphis
          
           
             Innumeris
             potio
             .
          
        
         
           K.
           
             Iames
          
           first
           Dove-like
           brought
           the
           Olive
           branch
           ,
           shewing
           that
           the
           waters
           were
           abated
           ,
           anger
           appeased
           ,
           dangers
           escaped
           ,
           sorrows
           fled
           ,
           and
           that
           salvation
           and
           joy
           entered
           the
           Arke
           of
           Great
           Britaine
           .
        
         
         
           And
           it
           is
           and
           hath
           long
           been
           his
           most
           sacred
           Majesties
           desire
           to
           encrease
           and
           establish
           the
           Vnity
           of
           both
           Nations
           ,
           happily
           begun
           by
           his
           father
           King
           
             Iames
          
           of
           blessed
           memory
           ;
           wherefore
           let
           it
           be
           the
           daily
           prayers
           of
           all
           true
           Subjects
           ,
           that
           God
           in
           mercy
           will
           still
           continue
           the
           s●me
           ,
           to
           his
           Majesty
           and
           his
           posterity
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .